1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 #include "bfd_stdint.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "libiberty.h"
31 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
32 #include "plugin-api.h"
36 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
37 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
39 struct elf_info_failed
41 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
45 /* This structure is used to pass information to
46 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
48 struct elf_find_verdep_info
50 /* General link information. */
51 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
52 /* The number of dependencies. */
54 /* Whether we had a failure. */
58 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
59 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
62 _bfd_elf_section_for_symbol (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
63 unsigned long r_symndx
,
66 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
67 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
69 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
71 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
73 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
74 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
75 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
77 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
78 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
79 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
80 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
86 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
87 but it could be a relocation against a local
88 symbol for a discarded section. */
90 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
92 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
93 isym
= &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
94 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (cookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
96 && discard
? discarded_section (isec
) : 1)
102 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
104 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
105 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
106 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
110 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
111 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
112 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
114 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
117 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
118 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
119 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
120 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
121 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
127 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
128 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
129 sec
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
132 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
133 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
136 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
137 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
138 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
139 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
141 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
146 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
150 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
151 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
152 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
154 /* This function may be called more than once. */
155 if (htab
->sgot
!= NULL
)
158 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
160 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
161 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
162 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
163 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
166 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
170 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
172 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
176 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
178 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
180 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
181 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
186 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
187 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
189 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
191 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
192 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
193 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
194 a global offset table. */
195 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
196 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
197 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
205 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
207 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
209 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
211 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
212 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
214 /* We may not set dynobj, an input file holding linker created
215 dynamic sections to abfd, which may be a dynamic object with
216 its own dynamic sections. We need to find a normal input file
217 to hold linker created sections if possible. */
218 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) != 0)
222 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
224 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0
225 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
226 && !((s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
227 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
))
233 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
236 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
238 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
239 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
245 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
246 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
247 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
248 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
249 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
250 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
253 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
257 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
258 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
260 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
263 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
266 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
269 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
270 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
272 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
274 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
275 shared library does not. */
276 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
278 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
279 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
284 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
285 if they are not needed. */
286 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
287 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
289 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
292 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
293 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
295 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
298 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
299 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
301 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
304 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
305 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
307 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
309 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
= s
;
311 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
312 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
316 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
318 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
321 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
322 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
323 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
324 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
325 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
326 to decide how to initialize the process. */
327 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC");
328 elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
= h
;
334 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
335 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
337 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
339 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
342 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
344 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
345 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
347 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
349 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
350 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
351 variable count of 32-bit words. */
352 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
353 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
355 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
358 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
359 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
360 the .got and .plt sections. */
361 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
362 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
365 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
370 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
373 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
375 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
376 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
378 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
379 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
381 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
382 .rel[a].bss sections. */
383 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
386 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
387 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
388 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
389 to read in from the object file. */
390 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
392 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
393 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
394 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
396 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
398 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
402 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
404 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
406 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
407 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
408 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
413 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
414 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
415 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
416 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
418 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
422 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
425 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
427 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
428 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
429 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
430 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
431 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
432 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
433 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
434 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
439 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
441 /* Similarly, but for symbols that were originally in read-only
442 sections. This section doesn't really need to have contents,
443 but make it like other .data.rel.ro sections. */
444 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".data.rel.ro",
451 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
452 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
453 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
454 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
455 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
456 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
457 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
458 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
459 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
460 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
462 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
464 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
465 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
466 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
467 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
469 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
473 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
475 s
= (bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags
476 (abfd
, (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
477 ? ".rela.data.rel.ro" : ".rel.data.rel.ro"),
478 flags
| SEC_READONLY
));
480 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
481 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
483 htab
->sreldynrelro
= s
;
491 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
492 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
493 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
494 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
495 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
496 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
500 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
501 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
503 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
505 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
510 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
511 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
512 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
513 this would not be necessary. */
514 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
518 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
519 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
522 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
530 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
531 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
533 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
536 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
537 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
542 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
544 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
545 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
547 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
548 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
549 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
550 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
551 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
554 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
559 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
561 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
567 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
570 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
571 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
572 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
574 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
576 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
577 if(h
->dynamic
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
580 if ((info
->dynamic_data
581 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
582 || h
->type
== STT_COMMON
584 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
585 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_COMMON
))))
588 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
592 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
593 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
596 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
597 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
602 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
603 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
604 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
606 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
609 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
610 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
614 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
615 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
617 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
619 /* Set versioned if symbol version is unknown. */
620 char *version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
623 if (version
> name
&& version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
624 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
626 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
630 /* Symbols defined in a linker script but not referenced anywhere
631 else will have non_elf set. */
634 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
638 switch (h
->root
.type
)
640 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
641 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
642 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
644 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
645 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
646 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
647 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
648 may depend on this. */
649 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
650 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
651 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
653 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
655 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
656 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
657 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
658 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
660 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
661 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
662 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
663 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
665 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
666 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
667 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
668 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
675 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
676 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
677 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
678 force the correct value. */
682 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
684 /* If this symbol is not being provided by the linker script, and it is
685 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular object,
686 then clear out any version information because the symbol will not be
687 associated with the dynamic object any more. */
691 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
693 /* Make sure this symbol is not garbage collected. */
700 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
701 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
702 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
703 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
706 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
708 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
710 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
711 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
716 || bfd_link_dll (info
)
717 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
720 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
723 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
724 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
725 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
726 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
727 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
729 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
737 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
738 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
739 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
742 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
747 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
748 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
749 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
752 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
753 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
755 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
758 /* See if the entry exists already. */
759 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
760 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
763 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
764 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
768 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
769 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
770 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
772 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
776 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
777 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
781 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
782 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
784 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
785 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
786 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
791 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
792 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
793 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
795 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
798 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
799 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
804 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
805 if (dynstr_index
== (size_t) -1)
807 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
809 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
811 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
812 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
813 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
814 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
817 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
819 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
821 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
826 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
829 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
833 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
835 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
836 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
841 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
842 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
843 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
846 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
849 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
854 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
855 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
861 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
862 STB_LOCAL binding. */
865 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
868 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
870 if (!h
->forced_local
)
873 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
874 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
879 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
880 omitted when creating a shared library. */
882 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
883 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
886 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
889 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
893 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
894 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
896 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
897 if (p
== htab
->tls_sec
)
900 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
901 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
903 return (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
904 && (ip
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
905 && ip
->output_section
== p
);
907 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
908 against any other section. */
914 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
915 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
916 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
917 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
921 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
922 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
923 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
925 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
927 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
928 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
930 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
932 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
933 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
934 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
935 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
936 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
938 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
940 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
942 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
943 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
946 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
948 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
949 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
950 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
952 elf_hash_table (info
)->local_dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
954 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
955 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
958 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which we
959 must account for in our count even if the table is empty since it
960 is intended for the mandatory DT_SYMTAB tag (.dynsym section) in
964 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
968 /* Merge st_other field. */
971 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
972 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, asection
*sec
,
973 bfd_boolean definition
, bfd_boolean dynamic
)
975 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
977 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
978 code might be needed here. */
979 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
980 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
985 unsigned symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
986 unsigned hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
988 /* Keep the most constraining visibility. Leave the remainder
989 of the st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
990 if (symvis
- 1 < hvis
- 1)
991 h
->other
= symvis
| (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
994 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
995 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
996 h
->protected_def
= 1;
999 /* This function is called when we want to merge a new symbol with an
1000 existing symbol. It handles the various cases which arise when we
1001 find a definition in a dynamic object, or when there is already a
1002 definition in a dynamic object. The new symbol is described by
1003 NAME, SYM, PSEC, and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table
1004 entry. We set POLDBFD to the old symbol's BFD. We set POLD_WEAK
1005 if the old symbol was weak. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT to the alignment
1006 of an old common symbol. We set OVERRIDE if the old symbol is
1007 overriding a new definition. We set TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for
1008 the type to change. We set SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size
1009 to change. By OK to change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the
1010 type or size does change. */
1013 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1014 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1016 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1019 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
1021 bfd_boolean
*pold_weak
,
1022 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
1024 bfd_boolean
*override
,
1025 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
1026 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
,
1027 bfd_boolean
*matched
)
1029 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
1030 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1031 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1032 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
1035 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
1036 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
1037 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1044 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
1046 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1047 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
1049 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1050 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
1055 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1057 /* NEW_VERSION is the symbol version of the new symbol. */
1058 if (h
->versioned
!= unversioned
)
1060 /* Symbol version is unknown or versioned. */
1061 new_version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1064 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1066 if (new_version
> name
&& new_version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1067 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1069 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1072 if (new_version
[0] == '\0')
1076 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1081 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. But we need to make
1082 sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are updated. */
1084 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1085 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1086 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1090 if (hi
== h
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1094 /* OLD_HIDDEN is true if the existing symbol is only visible
1095 to the symbol with the same symbol version. NEW_HIDDEN is
1096 true if the new symbol is only visible to the symbol with
1097 the same symbol version. */
1098 bfd_boolean old_hidden
= h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1099 bfd_boolean new_hidden
= hi
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1100 if (!old_hidden
&& !new_hidden
)
1101 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if both
1106 /* OLD_VERSION is the symbol version of the existing
1110 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
1111 old_version
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
,
1116 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if they
1117 have the same symbol version. */
1118 *matched
= (old_version
== new_version
1119 || (old_version
!= NULL
1120 && new_version
!= NULL
1121 && strcmp (old_version
, new_version
) == 0));
1126 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
1131 switch (h
->root
.type
)
1136 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
1137 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
1138 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1141 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
1142 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
1143 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1144 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1147 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
1148 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
1149 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
1151 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
1154 if (poldbfd
&& *poldbfd
== NULL
)
1157 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
1158 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1159 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1160 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1162 *pold_weak
= oldweak
;
1164 /* This code is for coping with dynamic objects, and is only useful
1165 if we are doing an ELF link. */
1166 if (!(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
1169 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
1170 references and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
1172 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
1174 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1175 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
1177 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1179 /* ref_dynamic_nonweak and dynamic_def flags track actual undefined
1180 syms and defined syms in dynamic libraries respectively.
1181 ref_dynamic on the other hand can be set for a symbol defined in
1182 a dynamic library, and def_dynamic may not be set; When the
1183 definition in a dynamic lib is overridden by a definition in the
1184 executable use of the symbol in the dynamic lib becomes a
1185 reference to the executable symbol. */
1188 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1190 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1192 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1193 hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1198 /* Update the existing symbol only if they match. */
1201 hi
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1205 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
1206 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
1207 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
1209 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1215 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1216 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1217 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1218 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1219 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1220 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1222 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1223 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1224 || !h
->def_regular
))
1229 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1230 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1232 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1233 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1234 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1237 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1238 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1240 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1242 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1243 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1244 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1246 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1247 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1249 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1250 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1252 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1253 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1255 if (!(newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1256 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1257 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1258 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1259 && (newdef
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1260 && (olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
1262 /* If creating a default indirect symbol ("foo" or "foo@") from
1263 a dynamic versioned definition ("foo@@") skip doing so if
1264 there is an existing regular definition with a different
1265 type. We don't want, for example, a "time" variable in the
1266 executable overriding a "time" function in a shared library. */
1274 /* When adding a symbol from a regular object file after we have
1275 created indirect symbols, undo the indirection and any
1282 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1283 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1287 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1289 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1290 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1294 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1295 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1301 /* Check TLS symbols. We don't check undefined symbols introduced
1302 by "ld -u" which have no type (and oldbfd NULL), and we don't
1303 check symbols from plugins because they also have no type. */
1305 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1306 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1307 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1308 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1311 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1312 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1314 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1335 /* xgettext:c-format */
1336 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1337 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1338 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1339 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1341 /* xgettext:c-format */
1342 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1343 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1344 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
);
1347 /* xgettext:c-format */
1348 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1349 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1350 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
);
1353 /* xgettext:c-format */
1354 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1355 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1356 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1358 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1362 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1363 definition from a dynamic object. */
1365 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1366 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1369 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1371 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1372 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1373 recorded as dynamic.
1375 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1376 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1377 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1382 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1385 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1386 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1387 object, we remove the old definition. */
1388 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1390 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1391 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1392 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1393 was referenced before. */
1396 hi
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1397 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1398 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, hi
, h
);
1400 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1401 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1403 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1404 any dynamic link state. */
1405 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1406 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1413 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1423 /* If the old symbol was undefined before, then it will still be
1424 on the undefs list. If the new symbol is undefined or
1425 common, we can't make it bfd_link_hash_new here, because new
1426 undefined or common symbols will be added to the undefs list
1427 by _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol. Symbols may not be
1428 added twice to the undefs list. Also, if the new symbol is
1429 undefweak then we don't want to lose the strong undef. */
1430 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1432 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1433 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1437 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1438 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1441 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1443 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1444 any dynamic link state. */
1445 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1446 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1452 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1458 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1459 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1460 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1461 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1462 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1463 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1464 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1466 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1467 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1469 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& olddyn
)
1471 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1474 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1475 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1476 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1478 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1479 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1480 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1485 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1486 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1488 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1489 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1492 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1493 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1495 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1496 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1497 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1498 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1499 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1500 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1501 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1502 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1503 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1504 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1505 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1508 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1509 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1511 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1512 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1513 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1514 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1515 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1521 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1522 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1525 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1527 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1531 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1533 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1534 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1537 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1539 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1541 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1542 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1543 if (bed
->merge_symbol
!= NULL
)
1545 if (!bed
->merge_symbol (h
, sym
, psec
, newdef
, olddef
, oldbfd
, oldsec
))
1550 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1551 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1556 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1558 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1559 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1560 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1561 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1562 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1564 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1565 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1566 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1567 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1569 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1572 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1573 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1574 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1575 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1576 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1577 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1579 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1580 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1581 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1582 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1583 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1584 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1589 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1590 && (newweak
|| newfunc
))))
1594 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1596 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1597 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1599 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1600 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1601 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1602 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1603 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1605 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1606 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1609 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1610 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1611 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1612 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1616 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1620 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1621 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1622 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1623 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1626 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1627 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1629 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1630 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1631 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1632 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1638 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1639 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1641 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, sec
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1642 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1643 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1647 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1652 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1653 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1654 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1655 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1656 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1658 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1659 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1660 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1665 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1666 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1671 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1672 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1675 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1676 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1677 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1680 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1682 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1683 overriding a function. */
1685 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1689 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1690 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1693 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1695 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1698 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1701 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1702 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1703 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1704 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1707 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1708 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1709 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1710 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1711 in the shared library. */
1714 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1717 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1718 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1719 or the alignment. */
1720 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1721 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1723 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1724 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1726 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1729 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1730 in the dynamic object. */
1731 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1732 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1735 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1737 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1738 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1740 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1741 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1743 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1746 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1751 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1752 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1753 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1754 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1755 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1756 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1757 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1758 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1762 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1769 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1770 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1771 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, SEC, and VALUE. We
1772 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1775 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1776 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1777 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1779 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1783 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
)
1785 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1786 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1789 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1790 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1791 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1792 bfd_boolean collect
;
1793 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1794 bfd_boolean override
;
1796 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1798 bfd_boolean matched
;
1800 if (h
->versioned
== unversioned
|| h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
)
1803 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1804 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1805 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1806 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1807 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1808 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1812 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1817 if (p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1819 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1823 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1828 /* PR ld/19073: We may see an unversioned definition after the
1834 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1835 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1836 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1838 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1839 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1840 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1842 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1843 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1845 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1846 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1847 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1848 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1849 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1850 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1853 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1854 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1855 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
1861 if (hi
->def_regular
)
1863 /* If the undecorated symbol will have a version added by a
1864 script different to H, then don't indirect to/from the
1865 undecorated symbol. This isn't ideal because we may not yet
1866 have seen symbol versions, if given by a script on the
1867 command line rather than via --version-script. */
1868 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
1873 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
1874 hi
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
1875 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
1877 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
1881 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
1882 && strcmp (p
+ 1 + (p
[1] == '@'), hi
->verinfo
.vertree
->name
) != 0)
1888 /* Add the default symbol if not performing a relocatable link. */
1889 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
1892 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1893 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1894 bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1895 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1897 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1902 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1903 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1904 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1905 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1906 name, and it is the default version.
1908 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1909 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1910 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1912 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1913 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1914 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1915 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1916 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1917 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1918 definition in the regular object. */
1920 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1921 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1922 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1924 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1925 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1929 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1933 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1938 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1939 other fields correctly. */
1943 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
1944 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1945 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1947 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1948 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
1949 the user in that case. */
1951 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1953 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
1955 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1956 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
1958 /* A reference to the SHORTNAME symbol from a dynamic library
1959 will be satisfied by the versioned symbol at runtime. In
1960 effect, we have a reference to the versioned symbol. */
1961 ht
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
1962 hi
->dynamic_def
|= ht
->dynamic_def
;
1964 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
1970 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
1977 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1983 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
1987 len
= strlen (name
);
1988 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
1989 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1991 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1992 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
1994 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
1995 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1996 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1998 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1999 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
2000 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
2008 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
2009 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
2010 overridden by a versioned definition. */
2011 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2012 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2014 /* xgettext:c-format */
2015 (_("%B: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
2021 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2022 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
2023 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
2025 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
2027 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
2028 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
2029 to the user in that case. */
2031 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2033 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
2034 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
2035 hi
->dynamic_def
|= h
->dynamic_def
;
2037 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
2043 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2049 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2059 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
2060 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2063 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2065 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2067 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2068 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2071 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
2072 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
2075 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2076 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
2077 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2078 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2080 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2090 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
2091 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
2092 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
2093 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2096 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2099 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
2100 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
2101 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
2104 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
2109 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
2110 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2111 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
2114 /* See if we already know about this version. */
2115 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2119 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2122 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
2123 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
2129 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
2134 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2137 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2141 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
2142 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2143 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
2147 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2150 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2154 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
2155 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
2156 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
2158 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
2160 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
2161 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
2163 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
2166 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
2173 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
2174 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
2175 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
2176 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2179 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2181 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
2182 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2183 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2184 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
2187 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2190 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2193 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
2196 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2200 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
2202 if (!h
->def_regular
)
2205 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2206 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2207 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2209 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2212 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2215 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
2219 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
2220 for (t
= sinfo
->info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
2222 if (strcmp (t
->name
, p
) == 0)
2226 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
2228 len
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
2229 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
2232 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2235 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
2236 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
2237 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
2238 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
2240 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2244 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
2245 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
2247 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
2249 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
2251 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
2254 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
2255 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2263 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2264 version node for this version. */
2265 if (t
== NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
2267 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2270 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2271 to worry about it. */
2272 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2275 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
,
2279 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2284 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2288 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2289 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2290 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2292 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2296 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2300 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2304 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2305 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2307 /* xgettext:c-format */
2308 (_("%B: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2309 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2310 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2311 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2316 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2318 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2323 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2324 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2325 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2326 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2332 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2333 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2334 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2335 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2336 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2337 relocations should be stored.
2339 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2342 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2344 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2345 void *external_relocs
,
2346 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2348 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2349 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2350 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2351 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2352 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2353 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2356 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2357 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2360 /* Read the relocations. */
2361 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2364 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2365 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2367 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2369 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2370 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2371 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2372 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2373 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2376 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2380 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2381 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
2382 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2383 while (erela
< erelaend
)
2387 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2388 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2389 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2393 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2396 /* xgettext:c-format */
2397 (_("%B: bad reloc symbol index (%#Lx >= %#lx)"
2398 " for offset %#Lx in section `%A'"),
2399 abfd
, r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
,
2400 irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2401 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2405 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2408 /* xgettext:c-format */
2409 (_("%B: non-zero symbol index (%#Lx)"
2410 " for offset %#Lx in section `%A'"
2411 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2413 irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2414 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2417 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2418 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2424 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2425 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2426 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2427 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2428 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2429 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2430 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2431 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2432 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2435 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2437 void *external_relocs
,
2438 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2439 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2441 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2442 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2443 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2444 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2445 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2447 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2448 return esdo
->relocs
;
2450 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2453 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2457 size
= (bfd_size_type
) o
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2459 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2461 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2462 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2466 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2468 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2471 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2473 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2475 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2478 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2481 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2484 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2488 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2489 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2490 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2491 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2495 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2497 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2500 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2502 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2507 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2508 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2510 return internal_relocs
;
2518 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2525 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2526 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2529 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2530 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2532 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2534 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2535 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2537 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2538 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2539 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2540 we zero the allocated space. */
2541 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2542 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2545 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2547 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2549 p
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2550 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (*p
)));
2554 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2560 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2561 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2565 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2566 asection
*input_section
,
2567 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2568 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2569 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2572 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2573 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2575 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2576 asection
*output_section
;
2577 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2578 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2579 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2581 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2583 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2584 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2585 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2587 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2588 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2590 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2591 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2593 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2594 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2599 /* xgettext:c-format */
2600 (_("%B: relocation size mismatch in %B section %A"),
2601 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2602 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2606 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2607 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2608 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2609 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2610 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2611 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2613 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2614 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2615 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2618 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2620 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2625 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2628 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2629 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2631 if (bfd_link_pie (info
)
2633 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2634 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2639 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2640 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2641 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2642 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2643 the face of future changes. */
2646 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2647 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2649 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2651 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2652 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2653 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2654 an ELF dynamic object. */
2657 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2658 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2660 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2661 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2664 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2668 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2669 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2670 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2673 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2679 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2683 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2692 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2693 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2694 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2695 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2696 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2697 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2698 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2699 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2701 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2702 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2703 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2704 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2705 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2709 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2710 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2711 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2712 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2715 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2716 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2717 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2718 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2719 flag will not have been set. */
2720 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2724 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
2727 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2728 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2729 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2730 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2731 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2733 /* A hidden versioned symbol in executable should be forced local if
2734 it is is locally defined, not referenced by shared library and not
2736 else if (bfd_link_executable (eif
->info
)
2737 && h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
2738 && !eif
->info
->export_dynamic
2742 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2744 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2745 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2746 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2747 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2748 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2749 will force it local. */
2750 else if (h
->needs_plt
2751 && bfd_link_pic (eif
->info
)
2752 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2753 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2754 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2757 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2759 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2760 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2761 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2764 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2765 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2766 over to the real definition. */
2767 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2769 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2770 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2771 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2772 if (h
->u
.weakdef
->def_regular
)
2773 h
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
2776 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weakdef
= h
->u
.weakdef
;
2778 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2779 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2781 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2782 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2783 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->def_dynamic
);
2784 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2785 || weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2786 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, weakdef
, h
);
2793 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2794 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2798 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2800 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2802 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2804 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2807 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2808 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2811 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2812 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2815 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2817 if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
== 0)
2818 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2819 else if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
> 0
2821 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2822 && !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2823 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2825 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2833 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2834 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2835 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2836 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2837 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2838 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2839 referenced by another one? */
2841 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
2845 && (h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
|| h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1))))
2847 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2851 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2852 can happen via a recursive call. */
2853 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2856 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2857 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2858 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2859 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2860 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2862 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
2863 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
2864 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
2865 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
2867 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
2868 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
2869 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
2870 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
2871 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
2872 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
2873 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
2876 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
2877 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
2878 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
2879 extern int timezone;
2881 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
2882 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
2883 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
2884 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
2885 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
2886 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
2887 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
2888 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
2890 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2892 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
2893 H->U.WEAKDEF by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
2894 h
->u
.weakdef
->ref_regular
= 1;
2896 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
2897 H->U.WEAKDEF before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
2898 if (! _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h
->u
.weakdef
, eif
))
2902 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
2903 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
2904 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
2905 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
2906 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
2908 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
2911 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
2912 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2914 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
;
2915 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
2917 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2926 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
2930 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2931 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2934 unsigned int power_of_two
;
2936 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
2938 /* The section alignment of the definition is the maximum alignment
2939 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
2940 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
2941 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
2942 for the minimum alignment. */
2943 power_of_two
= bfd_get_section_alignment (sec
->owner
, sec
);
2944 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
2945 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
2951 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
,
2954 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
2955 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
, dynbss
,
2960 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
2961 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
2963 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
2964 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
2965 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
2967 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
2968 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
2970 /* No error if extern_protected_data is true. */
2971 if (h
->protected_def
2972 && (!info
->extern_protected_data
2973 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
2974 && !get_elf_backend_data (dynbss
->owner
)->extern_protected_data
)))
2975 info
->callbacks
->einfo
2976 (_("%P: copy reloc against protected `%T' is dangerous\n"),
2977 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2982 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
2983 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
2986 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2990 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2991 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2992 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
2993 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
2995 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
2997 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
2998 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
2999 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
3000 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
3001 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3007 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3008 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
3009 considered to bind dynamically. */
3012 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3013 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3014 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
3016 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
3017 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3018 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3023 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3024 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3025 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3027 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
3028 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3030 if (h
->forced_local
)
3033 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
3034 visible symbol resolves locally. */
3035 binding_stays_local_p
= (bfd_link_executable (info
)
3036 || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
));
3038 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3045 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3046 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3049 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3051 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
3052 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
3053 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
3054 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3055 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
3062 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
3063 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3066 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
3067 us that it remains local. */
3068 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
3071 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3072 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
3073 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
3074 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
3075 for the place where dynindx == -1 is tested. If that test is true,
3076 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say the symbol is local, while
3077 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say the symbol is local only for
3079 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
3080 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
3081 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
3082 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
3085 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3086 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3087 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
3089 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3090 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3092 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
3096 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
3097 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
3098 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
3101 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
3102 if (h
->forced_local
)
3105 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
3106 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
3107 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3109 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
3110 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
3111 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
3114 /* Non-dynamic symbols resolve locally. */
3115 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3118 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
3119 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
3120 shared libraries. */
3121 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
3124 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
3125 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
3126 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3129 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3130 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3133 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3135 /* If extern_protected_data is false, STV_PROTECTED non-function
3136 symbols are local. */
3137 if ((!info
->extern_protected_data
3138 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3139 && !bed
->extern_protected_data
))
3140 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3143 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
3144 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
3145 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
3146 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
3147 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
3148 return local_protected
;
3151 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
3152 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
3154 struct bfd_section
*
3155 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3157 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
3158 unsigned int align
= 0;
3160 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3161 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3165 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
3166 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
3167 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
3169 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
3171 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
3172 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
3174 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
3179 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
3181 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3182 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
3184 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3186 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
3187 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
3188 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
3191 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3192 /* Function symbols do not count. */
3193 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
3196 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
3197 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3200 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
3201 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
3202 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
3205 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
3206 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
3207 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
3208 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
3210 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
3212 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
3213 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
3214 in the same way that it used to do. */
3220 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
3221 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
3222 the symbol is defined in this element. */
3224 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
3226 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
3230 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
3231 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3232 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3235 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
3239 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
3242 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. If we don't know if the
3243 object file is an IR object, give linker LTO plugin a chance to
3244 get the correct symbol table. */
3245 if (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_yes
3246 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3247 || (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_unknown
3248 && bfd_link_plugin_object_p (abfd
))
3252 /* Use the IR symbol table if the object has been claimed by
3254 abfd
= abfd
->plugin_dummy_bfd
;
3255 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3257 else if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3258 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3260 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3262 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3264 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3265 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
3266 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3268 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3273 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3274 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3277 if (extsymcount
== 0)
3280 /* Read in the symbol table. */
3281 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3283 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3286 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
3288 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
3292 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3297 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
3299 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3309 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3312 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3316 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3317 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3319 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3320 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3321 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3323 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3324 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3327 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3328 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3329 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3331 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3332 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3333 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3337 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3338 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3341 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3346 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3347 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3348 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3351 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3352 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3356 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3359 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3362 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3363 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3364 if (strindex
== (size_t) -1)
3367 if (_bfd_elf_strtab_refcount (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
) != 1)
3370 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3373 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3374 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3376 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3377 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3378 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3380 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3382 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3383 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3384 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3386 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3394 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3397 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3401 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3402 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3407 /* Return true if SONAME is on the needed list between NEEDED and STOP
3408 (or the end of list if STOP is NULL), and needed by a library that
3412 on_needed_list (const char *soname
,
3413 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
,
3414 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*stop
)
3416 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*look
;
3417 for (look
= needed
; look
!= stop
; look
= look
->next
)
3418 if (strcmp (soname
, look
->name
) == 0
3419 && ((elf_dyn_lib_class (look
->by
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) == 0
3420 /* If needed by a library that itself is not directly
3421 needed, recursively check whether that library is
3422 indirectly needed. Since we add DT_NEEDED entries to
3423 the end of the list, library dependencies appear after
3424 the library. Therefore search prior to the current
3425 LOOK, preventing possible infinite recursion. */
3426 || on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (look
->by
), needed
, look
)))
3432 /* Sort symbol by value, section, and size. */
3434 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3436 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3437 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3438 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3440 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3441 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3442 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3444 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3447 int sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3449 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3451 vdiff
= h1
->size
- h2
->size
;
3452 return vdiff
== 0 ? 0 : vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3455 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3456 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3459 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3461 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3463 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3464 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3468 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3472 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3474 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3475 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3476 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3477 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3480 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3483 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3484 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3486 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3487 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3488 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3490 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3491 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3492 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3493 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3495 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3497 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3501 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3511 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3516 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3519 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3520 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3521 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3522 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3524 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3525 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3527 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3528 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3533 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3534 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3536 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3540 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3542 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3543 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3545 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3547 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3548 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3549 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3551 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3552 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3553 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3556 while (def
.vd_next
);
3559 /* Adjust version references. */
3560 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3565 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3566 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3568 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3572 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3574 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3575 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3576 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3577 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3578 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3580 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3581 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3582 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3584 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3586 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3587 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3590 while (need
.vn_next
);
3596 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3597 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3601 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3602 const bfd_target
*output
)
3604 return input
== output
;
3607 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3608 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3609 are virtually identical. */
3612 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3613 const bfd_target
*output
)
3615 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3617 if (input
== output
)
3620 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3621 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3623 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3626 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3627 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3630 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to tell it that
3631 we are about to handle an as-needed lib, or have finished
3632 processing the lib. */
3635 _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
3636 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3637 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
3639 return (*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, NULL
, ibfd
, NULL
, act
, 0);
3642 /* Check relocations an ELF object file. */
3645 _bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3647 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3648 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3650 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
3651 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
3654 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
3655 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
3656 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
3657 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
3658 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
3659 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
3660 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
3661 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
3662 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
3663 This would be a good case for using mmap.
3665 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
3666 different format. It probably can't be done. */
3667 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
3668 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3669 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
3670 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
3671 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
3675 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3677 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
3680 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
3681 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
3682 || (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
3683 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
3684 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
3685 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
3686 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
3689 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
3691 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
3694 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
3696 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
3697 free (internal_relocs
);
3707 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3710 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3712 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3713 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3717 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3718 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3719 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3720 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3721 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3722 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3723 size_t nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3724 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3725 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3726 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3727 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3728 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3729 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3731 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3732 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3733 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3734 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3735 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3737 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3738 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3739 void *old_strtab
= NULL
;
3742 bfd_boolean just_syms
;
3744 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3745 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3747 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3753 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3754 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3755 the format of the output file. */
3756 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3757 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3758 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3760 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3761 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3763 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3768 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3769 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3770 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3771 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3772 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3773 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3774 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3775 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3776 /* xgettext:c-format */
3777 (_("%P: alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %B, expecting %d\n"),
3778 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3780 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3781 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3782 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3783 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3784 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
3785 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3789 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3790 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3795 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3797 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3798 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3799 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3800 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3801 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3802 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3803 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3804 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3808 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3810 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3812 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3814 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3815 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3820 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3824 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3829 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3830 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3831 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
3834 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
3836 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3837 not get copied into the output file. */
3840 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
3841 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
3842 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3847 just_syms
= ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3848 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
);
3853 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3854 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3855 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3856 format and is not from ld --just-symbols. Always create the
3857 dynamic sections for -E/--dynamic-list. FIXME: If there
3858 are no input BFD's of the same format as the output, we can't
3859 make a shared library. */
3861 && (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3862 || (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3864 && (info
->export_dynamic
|| info
->dynamic
)))
3865 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3866 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
3867 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
3869 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
3873 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3877 const char *soname
= NULL
;
3879 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
3880 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
3883 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
3884 ld shouldn't allow it. */
3888 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
3889 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
3890 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
3891 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
3892 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
3893 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
3895 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
3896 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
3897 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
3899 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3904 unsigned int elfsec
;
3905 unsigned long shlink
;
3907 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
3914 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
3915 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
3916 goto error_free_dyn
;
3917 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
3919 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
3920 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
3921 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3923 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3925 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3926 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
3928 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3929 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3931 goto error_free_dyn
;
3933 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
3935 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3937 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3939 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3940 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3941 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3942 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3943 goto error_free_dyn
;
3944 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3945 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3947 goto error_free_dyn
;
3948 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3952 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3956 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
3958 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3960 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3962 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3963 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3964 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3965 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3966 goto error_free_dyn
;
3967 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3968 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3970 goto error_free_dyn
;
3971 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3975 for (pn
= & runpath
;
3981 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
3982 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
3984 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3986 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3988 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3989 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3990 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3991 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3992 goto error_free_dyn
;
3993 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3994 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3996 goto error_free_dyn
;
3997 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4007 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
4009 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4010 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4017 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
4018 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
4024 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
4025 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
4030 /* If we have a PT_GNU_RELRO program header, mark as read-only
4031 all sections contained fully therein. This makes relro
4032 shared library sections appear as they will at run-time. */
4033 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
+ elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
4034 while (--phdr
>= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
)
4035 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4037 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4038 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4039 && s
->vma
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
4040 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
4041 s
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
4045 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
4046 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
4047 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
4048 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
4049 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
4050 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
4052 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
4054 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
4055 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
4056 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
4057 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
4059 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4061 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4062 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4063 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
4066 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
4067 will need to know it. */
4068 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
4070 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4074 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
4075 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
4076 particular dynamic object more than once. */
4080 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
4081 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
4084 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
4085 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
4086 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
4087 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
4089 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
4090 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4092 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
4094 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
4096 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
4097 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
4099 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
4101 extsymcount
= symcount
;
4106 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
4107 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
4110 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4111 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
4113 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
4115 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
4118 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4120 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each
4123 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4124 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4125 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4126 goto error_free_sym
;
4127 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
4133 /* Read in any version definitions. */
4134 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
4135 info
->default_imported_symver
))
4136 goto error_free_sym
;
4138 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
4139 to internal format. */
4140 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
4142 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
4144 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
4145 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
4146 if (extversym
== NULL
)
4147 goto error_free_sym
;
4148 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
4149 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4150 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
4151 goto error_free_vers
;
4155 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
4156 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
4157 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
4158 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4163 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4165 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4166 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4168 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4170 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4171 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4172 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4173 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4177 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
4178 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
);
4179 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
4180 goto error_free_vers
;
4182 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
4183 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
4184 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
4185 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
4186 goto error_free_vers
;
4188 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4189 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
4190 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_as_needed
))
4191 goto error_free_vers
;
4193 /* Clone the symbol table. Remember some pointers into the
4194 symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
4195 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4196 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
4197 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
4198 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
4199 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
4200 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
4201 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
4202 old_strtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_save (htab
->dynstr
);
4203 if (old_strtab
== NULL
)
4204 goto error_free_vers
;
4206 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4208 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4209 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4211 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4213 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4214 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4215 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4216 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4218 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4219 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4226 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
4227 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
4229 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
4233 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
4236 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4237 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
4238 bfd_boolean definition
;
4239 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
4240 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
4241 bfd_boolean new_weakdef
;
4242 bfd_boolean new_weak
;
4243 bfd_boolean old_weak
;
4244 bfd_boolean override
;
4246 bfd_boolean discarded
;
4247 unsigned int old_alignment
;
4249 bfd_boolean matched
;
4253 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
4255 value
= isym
->st_value
;
4256 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
4257 if (common
&& info
->inhibit_common_definition
)
4259 /* Treat common symbol as undefined for --no-define-common. */
4260 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4265 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
4269 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
4270 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
4271 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
4276 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
4284 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
4285 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
4289 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
4293 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
4294 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4295 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
4296 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4297 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
4299 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
4300 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
4301 calls the value we call the alignment. */
4302 value
= isym
->st_size
;
4306 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4308 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4309 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
4311 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
4313 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4315 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4317 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
4321 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
4324 goto error_free_vers
;
4326 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4327 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4329 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
4333 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
4335 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
4337 goto error_free_vers
;
4341 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4342 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4343 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4345 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
4349 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
4350 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4351 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
4353 goto error_free_vers
;
4357 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
4359 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
4361 goto error_free_vers
;
4363 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
4364 should be skipped for some reason. */
4369 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
4372 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4373 goto error_free_vers
;
4376 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's
4377 no way to combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block
4378 for this executable. */
4379 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4380 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
4383 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4384 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4389 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
4390 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
4397 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4399 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
4400 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
4405 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
4406 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
4407 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
4412 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
4414 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
4416 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
4417 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
4418 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4419 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4420 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4421 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4423 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4424 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4427 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4430 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4432 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4434 else if (vernum
> 1)
4436 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4443 /* xgettext:c-format */
4444 (_("%B: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4446 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4447 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4448 goto error_free_vers
;
4453 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4454 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4455 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4457 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4460 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4464 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4466 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4468 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4470 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4480 /* xgettext:c-format */
4481 (_("%B: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4482 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4483 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4484 goto error_free_vers
;
4488 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4489 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4490 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4491 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4492 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4495 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4496 if (newname
== NULL
)
4497 goto error_free_vers
;
4498 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4499 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4501 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4502 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4503 default version of the symbol. */
4504 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4505 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4507 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4512 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has
4513 requested we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
4514 if (!bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4517 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
4518 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
4519 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
4521 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
4522 sym_hash
, &old_bfd
, &old_weak
,
4523 &old_alignment
, &skip
, &override
,
4524 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
,
4526 goto error_free_vers
;
4531 /* Override a definition only if the new symbol matches the
4533 if (override
&& matched
)
4537 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4538 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4539 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4541 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4544 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4547 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4548 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4549 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4550 goto error_free_vers
;
4552 if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
4553 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4554 && bfd_get_flavour (info
->output_bfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
4555 elf_tdata (info
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
|= elf_gnu_symbol_unique
;
4558 /* We need to make sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are
4561 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4562 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4563 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4565 /* Setting the index to -3 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
4566 this symbol is defined in a discarded section. */
4572 new_weak
= (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0;
4573 new_weakdef
= FALSE
;
4577 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4578 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4579 && h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
)
4581 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4582 a dynamic object, using the weakdef field. Later in this
4583 function we will set the weakdef field to the correct
4584 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4585 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4586 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4587 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4588 figure out. If the weakdef field is not already NULL,
4589 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4590 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4591 definition anyhow. */
4593 h
->u
.weakdef
= weaks
;
4598 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4599 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4600 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4605 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4608 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4609 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4610 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4612 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4613 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4615 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4618 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4620 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4621 reference or definition we just found. A dynamic symbol
4622 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4623 object and a shared object. */
4624 bfd_boolean dynsym
= FALSE
;
4626 /* Plugin symbols aren't normal. Don't set def_regular or
4627 ref_regular for them, or make them dynamic. */
4628 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4635 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4636 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4648 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4649 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4650 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4651 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4661 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
4666 hi
->def_dynamic
= 1;
4669 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4670 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4671 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4674 || (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4676 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
!= -1)))
4680 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4681 the default name. */
4683 || (!override
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4684 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4685 sec
, value
, &old_bfd
, &dynsym
))
4686 goto error_free_vers
;
4688 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4689 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4690 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4691 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4692 alignment is maintained. */
4693 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4694 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4696 unsigned int common_align
;
4697 unsigned int normal_align
;
4698 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4702 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4703 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
4705 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4706 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4707 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
4708 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
4710 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4711 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4712 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4715 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4719 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4720 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4725 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4727 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4730 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4732 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4733 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4735 /* xgettext:c-format */
4736 (_("Warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %B is"
4737 " greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %A"),
4738 1 << common_align
, name
, common_bfd
,
4739 1 << normal_align
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
);
4742 /* xgettext:c-format */
4743 (_("Warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %B"
4744 " is smaller than %u in %B"),
4745 1 << normal_align
, name
, normal_bfd
,
4746 1 << common_align
, common_bfd
);
4750 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4751 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
4752 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
4753 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4756 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4757 && ! size_change_ok
)
4759 /* xgettext:c-format */
4760 (_("Warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4761 " from %Lu in %B to %Lu in %B"),
4762 name
, h
->size
, old_bfd
, isym
->st_size
, abfd
);
4764 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4767 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4768 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4769 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4770 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4771 covered by --warn-common. Allow changes between different
4773 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4774 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4776 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
4777 && ((definition
&& !new_weak
)
4778 || (old_weak
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4779 || h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
4781 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
4783 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
4785 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4786 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4789 if (h
->type
!= type
)
4791 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
4792 /* xgettext:c-format */
4794 (_("Warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
4795 " from %d to %d in %B"),
4796 name
, h
->type
, type
, abfd
);
4802 /* Merge st_other field. */
4803 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, sec
, definition
, dynamic
);
4805 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
4807 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
4808 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4811 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
4812 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4817 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
4818 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
4821 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
4823 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4824 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4826 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
4827 aliases can be checked. */
4830 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
4831 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4833 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4835 goto error_free_vers
;
4837 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
4841 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
4843 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4844 goto error_free_vers
;
4845 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4847 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
4849 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
4850 goto error_free_vers
;
4853 else if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
4854 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
4855 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
4857 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4861 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4866 /* Don't add DT_NEEDED for references from the dummy bfd nor
4867 for unmatched symbol. */
4872 && h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4874 || (old_bfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
4875 || (h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
4876 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
4877 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
),
4878 htab
->needed
, NULL
))))
4881 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4883 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%!", soname
, old_bfd
,
4884 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4886 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
4887 other library is referenced by a regular object.
4888 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
4889 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
4892 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
4895 /* xgettext:c-format */
4896 (_("%B: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
4898 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_missing_dso
);
4899 goto error_free_vers
;
4902 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
4903 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
4906 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4908 goto error_free_vers
;
4910 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
4915 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4921 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4927 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4931 /* Restore the symbol table. */
4932 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4933 memset (elf_sym_hashes (abfd
), 0,
4934 extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4935 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
4936 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
4937 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
4938 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
4939 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
4940 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
4941 _bfd_elf_strtab_restore (htab
->dynstr
, old_strtab
);
4944 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4946 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4947 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4949 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4950 unsigned int non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
4952 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4954 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4955 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4956 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4958 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
4959 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
4960 since it can still be loaded at run time by another
4962 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4964 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4965 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
4970 alignment_power
= 0;
4972 /* Preserve non_ir_ref_dynamic so that this symbol
4973 will be exported when the dynamic lib becomes needed
4974 in the second pass. */
4975 non_ir_ref_dynamic
= h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
4976 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4977 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4978 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4979 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4981 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4982 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4983 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4985 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4987 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
4988 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
4989 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
4990 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
4992 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
4996 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4997 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
4998 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_not_needed
))
4999 goto error_free_vers
;
5002 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
5004 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5005 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5009 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5011 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_needed
))
5012 goto error_free_vers
;
5017 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, if
5018 not performing a relocatable link, handle .symver foo, foo@BAR
5019 such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
5020 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5024 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
5026 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
5027 char *shortname
, *p
;
5029 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5031 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5032 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5035 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
5036 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
5038 goto error_free_vers
;
5039 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
5040 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
5042 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5043 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
5044 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5046 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
5047 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
5048 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
5050 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
5051 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
5052 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5053 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
5054 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5056 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
5057 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
5059 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
5065 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5066 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
5069 /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined
5070 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
5071 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
5072 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
5073 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
5074 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
5075 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
5076 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
5077 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
5078 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
5079 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
5080 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
5084 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
5085 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
5086 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
5087 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5090 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
5091 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
5092 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
5094 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
5095 sorted_sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5096 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
5098 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
5099 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5100 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
5102 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
5106 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5107 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
5115 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
5116 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
5119 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
5121 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
5124 size_t i
, j
, idx
= 0;
5127 weaks
= hlook
->u
.weakdef
;
5128 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
5130 BFD_ASSERT (hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5131 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5132 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
5133 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
);
5134 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5135 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5141 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
5143 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5144 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5151 int sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
5161 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
5165 /* With multiple aliases, or when the weak symbol is already
5166 strongly defined, we have multiple matching symbols and
5167 the binary search above may land on any of them. Step
5168 one past the matching symbol(s). */
5171 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5172 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5173 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5177 /* Now look back over the aliases. Since we sorted by size
5178 as well as value and section, we'll choose the one with
5179 the largest size. */
5182 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5184 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
5185 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5186 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5188 else if (h
!= hlook
)
5190 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= h
;
5192 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
5193 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
5195 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
5197 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5200 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5205 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
5206 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
5207 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
5208 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
5209 real definition and the weak definition. */
5210 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
5212 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
5213 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
5220 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5223 if (bed
->check_directives
5224 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
5227 if (!info
->check_relocs_after_open_input
5228 && !_bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (abfd
, info
))
5231 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
5232 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
5234 && ! info
->traditional_format
5235 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
5236 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
5240 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
5241 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
5243 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
5246 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
5247 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
5248 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
5249 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
5250 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
5251 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
5253 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
5255 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
5256 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
5257 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
5260 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
5261 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
5266 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
5268 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
5269 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
5271 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*n
));
5275 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
5282 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5284 if (old_strtab
!= NULL
)
5286 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5287 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5288 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5291 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5297 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
5298 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
5300 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
5301 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
5302 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5305 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5309 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5313 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
5314 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
5315 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
5316 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
5318 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5319 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
5322 /* First check with only one `@'. */
5323 len
= strlen (name
);
5324 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
5326 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1;
5328 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
5329 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
5330 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
5332 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5335 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
5337 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
5338 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
5339 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5342 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
5346 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
5347 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because we need to
5348 handle versioned symbols.
5350 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
5351 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
5352 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
5353 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
5356 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
5357 table until nothing further is resolved. */
5360 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5363 unsigned char *included
= NULL
;
5367 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5368 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
5369 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
5371 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
5373 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
5374 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
5376 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
5380 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
5381 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
5382 second and subsequent passes. */
5383 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
5387 amt
*= sizeof (*included
);
5388 included
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
5389 if (included
== NULL
)
5392 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
5393 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5394 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5407 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5408 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5410 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5412 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5417 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5423 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5424 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1)
5430 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5432 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5433 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5434 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5435 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5438 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5439 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5440 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5441 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5442 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5444 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5447 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5449 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5450 /* Symbol must be defined. Don't check it again. */
5455 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5456 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5457 if (element
== NULL
)
5460 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5463 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5465 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5466 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5468 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5471 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5472 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5473 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5474 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5475 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5476 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5477 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5478 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5481 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5482 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5486 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5491 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5493 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5494 on through the loop. */
5495 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5505 if (included
!= NULL
)
5510 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5514 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5516 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5519 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5521 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5523 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5528 struct hash_codes_info
5530 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5534 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5535 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5538 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5540 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5545 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5546 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5549 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5550 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5552 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5555 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5561 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5562 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5567 /* Compute the hash value. */
5568 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5570 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5571 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5573 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5575 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5583 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5586 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5587 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5588 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5589 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5590 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5591 unsigned long int *indx
;
5592 unsigned long int *counts
;
5595 long int min_dynindx
;
5596 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5597 unsigned long int symindx
;
5598 long int local_indx
;
5599 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5600 unsigned long int mask
;
5604 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5605 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5608 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5610 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5615 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5616 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5619 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5620 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5623 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5624 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5626 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5629 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5635 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5636 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5641 /* Compute the hash value. */
5642 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5644 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5645 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5646 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5647 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5649 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5650 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5658 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5659 final dynaminc symbol renumbering. */
5662 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5664 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5665 unsigned long int bucket
;
5666 unsigned long int val
;
5668 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5669 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5672 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5673 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5675 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5676 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5680 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5681 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5682 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5683 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5685 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5686 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5687 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5688 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5690 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5691 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5692 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5693 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
5697 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5700 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5702 return !(h
->forced_local
5703 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5704 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5705 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5706 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5707 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
5710 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
5711 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
5712 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
5713 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
5714 than 32771 buckets. */
5716 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
5718 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
5722 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
5723 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
5724 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
5725 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
5726 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
5727 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
5728 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
5729 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
5731 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5732 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5733 unsigned long int nsyms
,
5736 size_t best_size
= 0;
5737 unsigned long int i
;
5739 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
5740 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
5741 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
5742 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
5747 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
5748 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5749 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
5750 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
5751 unsigned long int *counts
;
5753 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
5755 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
5756 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
5758 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
5761 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
5766 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
5770 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
5771 since the size could be large. */
5773 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
5774 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5778 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
5779 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
5781 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
5783 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
5784 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
5785 unsigned long int j
;
5786 unsigned long int fact
;
5788 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
5791 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
5793 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
5794 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
5795 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
5797 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
5798 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
5799 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
5800 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
5801 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
5802 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
5803 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
5806 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
5808 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
5811 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
5812 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
5813 over a few long chains). */
5814 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5815 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
5817 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
5818 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5821 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
5822 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
5823 empty slots (the +1 term). */
5824 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5825 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
5827 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
5828 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
5829 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5833 /* Compare with current best results. */
5834 if (max
< best_chlen
)
5838 no_improvement_count
= 0;
5840 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
5841 when there are a large number of symbols. */
5842 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
5849 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
5851 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
5852 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
5853 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
5854 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
5856 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
5857 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
5860 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
5867 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
5870 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5875 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5876 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
5877 && (s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
5878 && s
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
5879 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
5884 /* Set a default stack segment size. The value in INFO wins. If it
5885 is unset, LEGACY_SYMBOL's value is used, and if that symbol is
5886 undefined it is initialized. */
5889 bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5890 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5891 const char *legacy_symbol
,
5892 bfd_vma default_size
)
5894 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5896 /* Look for legacy symbol. */
5898 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), legacy_symbol
,
5899 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5900 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5901 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5903 && (h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
|| h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
))
5905 /* The symbol has no type if specified on the command line. */
5906 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5907 if (info
->stacksize
)
5908 /* xgettext:c-format */
5909 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: stack size specified and %s set"),
5910 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5911 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5912 /* xgettext:c-format */
5913 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: %s not absolute"),
5914 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5916 info
->stacksize
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5919 if (!info
->stacksize
)
5920 /* If the user didn't set a size, or explicitly inhibit the
5921 size, set it now. */
5922 info
->stacksize
= default_size
;
5924 /* Provide the legacy symbol, if it is referenced. */
5925 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5926 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
5928 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
5930 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5931 (info
, output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
,
5932 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5933 info
->stacksize
>= 0 ? info
->stacksize
: 0,
5934 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5937 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5939 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5945 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
5947 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
5949 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5950 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
5955 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5958 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5959 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5960 && !((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
5961 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
5962 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5963 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
5965 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
5967 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
5968 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
5971 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
5977 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
5978 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
5979 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
5980 addresses of the various sections. */
5983 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5986 const char *filter_shlib
,
5988 const char *depaudit
,
5989 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
5990 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5991 asection
**sinterpptr
)
5994 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5998 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6001 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6003 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6005 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
6006 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
6007 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
6008 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
6009 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6010 bfd_boolean all_defined
;
6017 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
6018 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
6019 if (info
->export_dynamic
6020 || (bfd_link_executable (info
) && info
->dynamic
))
6022 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6023 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
6031 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6033 if (soname_indx
== (size_t) -1
6034 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
6038 soname_indx
= (size_t) -1;
6040 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
6041 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6042 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6043 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
6045 const char *verstr
, *name
;
6046 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
6047 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
6048 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
6050 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
6052 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
6054 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
6055 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
6057 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
6058 if (newname
== NULL
)
6060 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
6061 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
6063 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
6064 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
6066 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6067 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6068 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6071 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6072 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6074 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
6076 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6077 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6078 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6083 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
6084 not defined in a shared object. */
6086 && !newh
->def_dynamic
6087 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6088 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6092 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
6093 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
6094 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6096 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6097 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
6102 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
6104 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
6106 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6107 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6108 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
6111 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
6112 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
6113 all_defined
= FALSE
;
6118 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6123 /* Set up the version definition section. */
6124 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
6125 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6127 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
6128 just linking a regular application. */
6129 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
6131 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
6132 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
6133 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
6135 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
6136 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6142 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
6143 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
6144 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6145 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6151 /* Make space for the base version. */
6152 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6153 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6156 /* Make space for the default version. */
6157 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6159 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6163 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6165 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6167 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
6171 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6172 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6175 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6176 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6180 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6181 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6184 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
6188 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6189 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
6192 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6194 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6195 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6199 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6200 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6201 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6204 if (soname_indx
!= (size_t) -1)
6206 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6208 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
6209 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6216 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
6217 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6218 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6220 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6222 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6224 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6226 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6227 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6228 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6229 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6231 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6233 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6234 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6236 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6238 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6241 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6242 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6244 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6247 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6248 aux block, but different flags. */
6251 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6253 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6254 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6257 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6258 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6259 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6261 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6262 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6263 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6265 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6268 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6270 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6275 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6278 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6280 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6281 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6283 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6285 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6288 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6289 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6291 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6294 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6296 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6297 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6299 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6300 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6301 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6302 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6303 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6306 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6307 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6308 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6309 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6311 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6312 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6313 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6315 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6316 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6317 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6319 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6320 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6322 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6323 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6324 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6325 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6327 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6328 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6329 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6331 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6333 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6335 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6337 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6341 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6342 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6345 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6346 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6348 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6350 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6351 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6352 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6356 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6359 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6361 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6362 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6364 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6367 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6368 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6370 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6372 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6373 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6378 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6379 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6382 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*vn
;
6387 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6390 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6392 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6394 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6396 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6398 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6399 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6403 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6404 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6408 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6410 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6413 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6417 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6420 vn
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6422 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6423 elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6424 ? elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
)
6425 : lbasename (vn
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6427 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6430 vn
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6431 if (vn
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6434 vn
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6435 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6437 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, vn
,
6438 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6439 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6441 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6443 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6444 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6445 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6446 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6449 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6452 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6454 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6455 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6456 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6460 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6465 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6467 if (info
->gc_sections
&& bed
->can_gc_sections
)
6469 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
6470 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6472 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the
6473 dynamic symbol table. GCFIXME: Anyone know how to get them
6474 out of the static symbol table as well? */
6475 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
6476 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
6477 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
6480 /* We need to reassign dynsym indices now that symbols may have
6481 been removed. See the call in `bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr'
6482 for the details of the conditions used here. */
6483 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
6484 || bed
->always_renumber_dynsyms
)
6485 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
, §ion_sym_count
);
6488 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
6489 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
6490 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
6491 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
6492 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
6493 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
6495 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6496 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
6499 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
6500 we're dynamic or not. */
6501 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
6502 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6505 /* Determine any GNU_STACK segment requirements, after the backend
6506 has had a chance to set a default segment size. */
6507 if (info
->execstack
)
6508 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
6509 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
6510 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
;
6514 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
6517 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
6519 inputobj
= inputobj
->link
.next
)
6524 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
6526 s
= inputobj
->sections
;
6527 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
6530 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
6533 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
6537 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
6540 if (notesec
|| info
->stacksize
> 0)
6541 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
6542 if (notesec
&& exec
&& bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6543 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6544 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
6547 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6549 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6550 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6554 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
6555 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !bfd_link_executable (info
) || info
->nointerp
);
6559 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
6561 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
6569 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
6571 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6574 tag
= info
->new_dtags
? DT_RUNPATH
: DT_RPATH
;
6575 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, tag
, indx
))
6579 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
6583 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6584 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
6585 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6586 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
6590 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
6592 const char * const *p
;
6594 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
6598 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6600 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6601 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
6610 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
6612 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6613 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
6617 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
6621 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
6623 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6624 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
6631 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
6632 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
6633 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6634 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
6639 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
6640 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
6641 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
6643 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
6644 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
6645 h
= (info
->init_function
6646 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6647 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
6654 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
6657 h
= (info
->fini_function
6658 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6659 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
6666 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
6670 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
6671 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6673 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
6674 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
))
6679 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
6680 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6681 && (o
= sub
->sections
) != NULL
6682 && o
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
6683 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6684 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
6685 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
6688 (_("%B: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
6693 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6697 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6698 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6701 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
6702 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6704 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6705 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6708 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
6709 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6711 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
6712 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6716 dynstr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6717 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
6718 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
6719 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
6720 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
6721 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6723 bfd_size_type strsize
;
6725 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6726 if ((info
->emit_hash
6727 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
6728 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
6729 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0))
6730 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
6731 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
6732 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
6733 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
6734 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
6739 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
6742 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
6745 && bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
!= NULL
6746 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6749 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6751 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6753 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
6755 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6757 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
6758 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, crefs
))
6762 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
6764 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
6767 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
6769 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
6775 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
6776 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
6779 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
6783 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
)
6785 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
;
6787 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
6788 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
6792 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
6793 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
6794 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6795 §ion_sym_count
) == 0)
6799 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6800 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6806 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
6807 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
6809 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6813 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6814 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
6815 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6817 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6822 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
6823 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
6825 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6829 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
6830 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym. */
6831 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6832 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
6833 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6835 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= s
;
6839 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6840 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6841 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6842 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6844 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6848 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
== NULL
)
6849 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
6850 = elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
;
6854 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6856 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6857 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6858 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
6860 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6863 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6864 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
6866 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
6867 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come all
6868 of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest
6869 of the global symbols.
6871 This is usually not needed for static binaries, however backends
6872 can request to always do it, e.g. the MIPS backend uses dynamic
6873 symbol counts to lay out GOT, which will be produced in the
6874 presence of GOT relocations even in static binaries (holding fixed
6875 data in that case, to satisfy those relocations). */
6877 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
6878 || bed
->always_renumber_dynsyms
)
6879 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6880 §ion_sym_count
);
6882 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6886 unsigned int dtagcount
;
6888 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6890 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
6891 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6892 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6893 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
6895 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
6896 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6897 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6900 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
6904 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
6905 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
6906 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
6907 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
6908 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
6909 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
6910 s
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
;
6911 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6912 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6914 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6915 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6918 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol. Clear all the
6919 section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
6920 ++section_sym_count
;
6921 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6923 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
6925 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
6926 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
6927 if (info
->emit_hash
)
6929 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
6930 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
6932 unsigned long int nsyms
;
6934 size_t hash_entry_size
;
6936 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6937 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6939 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
6940 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6941 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
6943 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
6944 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
6946 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6947 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6948 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
6955 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
6957 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
6960 if (bucketcount
== 0 && nsyms
> 0)
6963 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6965 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
6966 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6967 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6968 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
6969 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6970 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6973 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
6974 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
6975 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
6978 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
6981 unsigned char *contents
;
6982 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
6986 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
6988 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6989 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6991 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
6992 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6993 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
6996 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
6997 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
6998 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7001 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
7002 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7003 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
7006 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7011 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
7013 if (bucketcount
== 0)
7015 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7019 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.hash");
7020 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7022 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
7024 /* Empty .gnu.hash section is special. */
7025 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
7026 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7027 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7028 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7029 if (contents
== NULL
)
7031 s
->contents
= contents
;
7032 /* 1 empty bucket. */
7033 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
7034 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
7035 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
7036 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
7037 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
7038 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
7039 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
7040 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
7041 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
7042 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
7043 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
7044 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
7048 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
7049 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
7053 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
7055 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
7057 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
7058 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
7060 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
7061 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
7063 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
7069 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
7070 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
7071 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
7072 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
7073 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
7074 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
7075 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7076 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
7078 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7082 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
7083 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
7084 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
7085 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
7087 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
7088 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
7089 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
7090 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
7092 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7093 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
7095 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
7096 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
7098 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
7099 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
7100 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
7102 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
7103 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7104 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7105 if (contents
== NULL
)
7107 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7108 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7112 s
->contents
= contents
;
7113 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
7114 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
7115 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
7116 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
7117 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7119 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7121 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
7122 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
7124 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
7128 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
7130 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, populate .gnu.hash section. */
7131 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7132 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms
, &cinfo
);
7134 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
7135 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
7137 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
7139 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7142 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7143 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7147 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
7148 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7150 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
7152 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
7154 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
7155 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
7162 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
7165 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7168 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
7169 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
7172 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
7175 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7180 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7183 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7184 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
7185 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7186 && (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
7187 == get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->s
->elfclass
))
7188 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7189 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
7190 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7192 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
7194 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
7195 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (obfd
,
7196 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7197 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
7199 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
7200 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
7203 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
7204 _bfd_merge_sections (obfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7205 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
7209 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
7211 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
7212 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
7213 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
7216 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
7220 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
7221 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
7226 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
7227 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
7230 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7231 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
7233 /* Set local fields. */
7236 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
7237 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
7238 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
7239 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
7240 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
7241 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
7242 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
7243 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
7250 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
7251 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
7254 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7255 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
7256 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
7258 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7260 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
7261 symbol which just became indirect. */
7263 if (dir
->versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
7264 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
7265 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
7266 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
7267 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
7268 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
7269 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
7271 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7274 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
7275 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
7276 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
7277 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
7279 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
7280 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
7281 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
7282 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
7285 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
7287 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
7288 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
7289 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
7290 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
7293 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
7295 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
7296 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
7297 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
7298 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
7300 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7305 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7306 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7307 bfd_boolean force_local
)
7309 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
7310 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7312 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
7317 h
->forced_local
= 1;
7318 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
7320 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7323 h
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7328 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. *TABLE has been zeroed by our
7332 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
7333 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
7335 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
7336 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
7338 unsigned int entsize
,
7339 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
7342 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
7344 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7345 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7346 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7347 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7348 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
7349 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
7351 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
7353 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
7354 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
7359 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
7361 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
7362 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
7364 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
7365 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
7367 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
7371 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
7372 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
7378 ret
->root
.hash_table_free
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
7383 /* Destroy an ELF linker hash table. */
7386 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
7388 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7390 htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
7391 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
7392 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (htab
->dynstr
);
7393 _bfd_merge_sections_free (htab
->merge_info
);
7394 _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
7397 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
7398 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
7399 entry for a dynamic object. */
7402 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
7404 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7405 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7406 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
7410 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
7413 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7414 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7415 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
7422 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
7424 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7425 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7426 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
7429 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
7430 the linker ELF emulation code. */
7432 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7433 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7434 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7436 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7438 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
7441 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
7442 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
7444 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7445 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7446 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7448 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7450 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
7453 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
7454 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
7455 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
7458 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
7460 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7461 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7462 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
7466 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
7467 the ELF linker emulation code. */
7470 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
7471 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
7474 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
7475 unsigned int elfsec
;
7476 unsigned long shlink
;
7477 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
7479 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
7483 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7484 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
7487 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7488 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
7491 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
7494 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
7495 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
7498 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7500 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
7501 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
7504 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
7505 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
7507 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7509 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
7511 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
7514 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
7517 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
7518 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
7521 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
7526 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7547 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
7549 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
7550 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
7551 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
7554 struct elf_symbuf_head
7556 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7558 unsigned int st_shndx
;
7565 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7566 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7571 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
7574 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7576 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
7577 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
7579 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
7583 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7585 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
7586 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
7587 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
7590 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
7591 elf_create_symbuf (size_t symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
7593 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
7594 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7595 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
7596 size_t i
, shndx_count
, total_size
;
7598 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
7602 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
7603 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
7604 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
7607 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
7608 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
7611 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
7612 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
7613 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
7616 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
7617 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
7618 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
7619 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
7625 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
7626 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
7627 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
7628 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
7629 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
7631 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
7634 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
7635 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
7636 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
7638 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
7639 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
7640 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7643 BFD_ASSERT ((size_t) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7644 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7651 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7655 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7656 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7659 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
7660 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
7661 size_t symcount1
, symcount2
;
7662 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
7663 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
7664 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
7665 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
7666 size_t count1
, count2
, i
;
7667 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
7673 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
7674 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7675 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7678 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
7681 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
7682 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
7683 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
7686 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
7687 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
7688 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
7689 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7690 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
7691 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7693 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
7699 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
7700 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
7702 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
7704 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
7706 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
7709 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7710 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
7711 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
7714 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
7716 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
7718 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
7721 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7722 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
7723 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
7726 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
7728 /* Optimized faster version. */
7730 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
7731 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
7734 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
7739 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7740 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7742 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7746 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
7753 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
7758 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7759 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7761 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7765 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
7771 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7775 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (*symtable1
));
7777 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (*symtable2
));
7778 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7782 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
7783 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7785 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7786 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
7792 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
7793 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7795 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7796 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
7801 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7802 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7803 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7804 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7805 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7807 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7808 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7809 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
7810 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
7811 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7818 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7819 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7820 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7821 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7822 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7825 /* Count definitions in the section. */
7827 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7828 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
7829 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7832 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7833 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
7834 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7836 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7839 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7841 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
7842 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7844 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
7846 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
7847 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7849 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7850 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7851 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7852 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7853 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7855 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7856 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7857 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
7858 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
7859 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7877 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
7880 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
7881 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
7885 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7886 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7889 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
7892 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
7894 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
7896 struct elf_final_link_info
7898 /* General link information. */
7899 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7902 /* Symbol string table. */
7903 struct elf_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
7904 /* .hash section. */
7906 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
7907 asection
*symver_sec
;
7908 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
7910 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
7911 void *external_relocs
;
7912 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
7913 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7914 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
7916 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
7917 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
7918 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
7919 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
7921 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
7922 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
7923 of any input BFD. */
7925 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
7926 symbol of any input BFD. */
7927 asection
**sections
;
7928 /* Buffer for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section. */
7929 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
7930 /* Number of STT_FILE syms seen. */
7931 size_t filesym_count
;
7934 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
7936 struct elf_outext_info
7939 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
7940 bfd_boolean file_sym_done
;
7941 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
7945 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
7947 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
7948 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
7949 relocations themselves.
7951 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
7952 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
7953 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
7954 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
7956 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
7957 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
7958 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
7959 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
7962 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
7963 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
7966 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
7967 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
7971 <binary-operator> := as in C
7972 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
7975 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
7976 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7981 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7982 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7983 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
7985 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
7987 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7989 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
7990 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
7992 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
7993 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
7994 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7995 sym
->st_value
= val
;
7998 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
8002 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
8003 to "defined" and give it a value. */
8005 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
8006 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
8007 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8008 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8009 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8010 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
8011 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
8012 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8016 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
8018 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8020 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8023 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8024 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
8025 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
8026 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8029 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8031 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
8035 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
8038 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
8039 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
8042 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
8043 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
8045 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
8047 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
8049 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
8050 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8052 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
8053 (unsigned long) *result
);
8059 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
8060 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
8061 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8065 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8066 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8068 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
8069 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8070 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8072 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
8073 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
8081 /* Looks up NAME in SECTIONS. If found sets RESULT to NAME's address (in
8082 bytes) and returns TRUE, otherwise returns FALSE. Accepts pseudo-section
8083 names like "foo.end" which is the end address of section "foo". */
8086 resolve_section (const char *name
,
8094 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8095 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
8097 *result
= curr
->vma
;
8101 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
8102 /* FIXME: This could be coded more efficiently... */
8103 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8105 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
8106 if (len
> strlen (name
))
8109 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
8111 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
8113 *result
= curr
->vma
+ curr
->size
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
8117 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
8125 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
8127 /* xgettext:c-format */
8128 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
8133 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
8136 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8138 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8147 const char *sym
= *symp
;
8149 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
8154 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
8156 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8169 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
8173 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
8177 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
8178 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
8180 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
8182 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8186 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
8187 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
8188 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
8190 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
8191 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
8192 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
8193 section", and likewise with symbol. */
8195 if (symbol_is_section
)
8197 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
, input_bfd
)
8198 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8199 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
8201 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
8207 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8208 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
8209 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
8212 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
8219 /* All that remains are operators. */
8221 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
8222 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8224 sym += strlen (#op); \
8228 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8229 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8232 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
8238 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
8239 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8241 sym += strlen (#op); \
8245 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8246 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8249 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8250 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8253 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
8283 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
8284 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8290 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
8291 unsigned long chunksz
,
8296 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
8298 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
)
8303 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8307 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8311 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8312 /* Computed this way because x >>= 32 is undefined if x is a 32-bit value. */
8318 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8319 /* Computed this way because x >>= 64 is undefined if x is a 64-bit value. */
8332 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
8333 unsigned long chunksz
,
8340 /* Sanity checks. */
8341 BFD_ASSERT (chunksz
<= sizeof (x
)
8344 && (size
% chunksz
) == 0
8345 && input_bfd
!= NULL
8346 && location
!= NULL
);
8348 if (chunksz
== sizeof (x
))
8350 BFD_ASSERT (size
== chunksz
);
8352 /* Make sure that we do not perform an undefined shift operation.
8353 We know that size == chunksz so there will only be one iteration
8354 of the loop below. */
8358 shift
= 8 * chunksz
;
8360 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
8365 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
8368 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
8371 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
8375 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
8386 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
8387 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
8388 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
8389 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
8390 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
8391 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
8392 unsigned long *signed_p
,
8393 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
8394 unsigned long encoded
)
8396 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
8397 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
8398 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
8399 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
8400 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
8401 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
8402 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
8403 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
8406 bfd_reloc_status_type
8407 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
8408 asection
*input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8410 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8413 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
8414 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
8415 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8417 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
8418 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
8419 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
8420 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
8421 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
8423 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
8424 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
8425 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
8427 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
8430 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
8432 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
8434 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
,
8435 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8438 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
8439 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
8440 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
8441 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
8442 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
8443 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
8444 (unsigned long) relocation
);
8449 /* Now do an overflow check. */
8450 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
8451 ? complain_overflow_signed
8452 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
8453 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
8457 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
8460 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
8461 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
8462 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
8463 " result: %8.8lx\n",
8464 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
8465 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
8467 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
,
8468 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8472 /* Functions to read r_offset from external (target order) reloc
8473 entry. Faster than bfd_getl32 et al, because we let the compiler
8474 know the value is aligned. */
8477 ext32l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8484 const union aligned32
*a
8485 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8487 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0]
8488 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8489 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8490 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3] << 24);
8495 ext32b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8502 const union aligned32
*a
8503 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8505 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0] << 24
8506 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 16
8507 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 8
8508 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3]);
8512 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8514 ext64l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8521 const union aligned64
*a
8522 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8524 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0]
8525 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8526 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8527 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 24
8528 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 32
8529 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 40
8530 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 48
8531 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7] << 56);
8536 ext64b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8543 const union aligned64
*a
8544 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8546 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0] << 56
8547 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 48
8548 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 40
8549 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 32
8550 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 24
8551 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 16
8552 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 8
8553 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7]);
8558 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
8559 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
8560 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
8564 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
8566 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
8568 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8571 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8573 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8574 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8575 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
8577 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
8578 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
8580 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
8582 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8583 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8585 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
8587 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8588 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8593 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
8596 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8603 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
8607 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8608 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
8610 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
8613 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
8616 if ((*rel_hash
)->indx
== -2
8617 && info
->gc_sections
8618 && ! info
->gc_keep_exported
)
8620 /* PR 21524: Let the user know if a symbol was removed by garbage collection. */
8621 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B:%A: error: relocation references symbol %s which was removed by garbage collection."),
8623 (*rel_hash
)->root
.root
.string
);
8624 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B:%A: error: try relinking with --gc-keep-exported enabled."),
8626 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8629 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
8631 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
8632 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
8633 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
8634 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
8635 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
8638 if (bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
)
8639 (*bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
) (sec
, reldata
);
8641 if (sort
&& count
!= 0)
8643 bfd_vma (*ext_r_off
) (const void *);
8646 bfd_byte
*base
, *end
, *p
, *loc
;
8647 bfd_byte
*buf
= NULL
;
8649 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8651 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8652 ext_r_off
= ext32l_r_offset
;
8653 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8654 ext_r_off
= ext32b_r_offset
;
8660 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8661 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8662 ext_r_off
= ext64l_r_offset
;
8663 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8664 ext_r_off
= ext64b_r_offset
;
8670 /* Must use a stable sort here. A modified insertion sort,
8671 since the relocs are mostly sorted already. */
8672 elt_size
= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8673 base
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8674 end
= base
+ count
* elt_size
;
8675 if (elt_size
> sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
))
8678 /* Ensure the first element is lowest. This acts as a sentinel,
8679 speeding the main loop below. */
8680 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (base
);
8681 for (p
= loc
= base
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8683 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8692 /* Don't just swap *base and *loc as that changes the order
8693 of the original base[0] and base[1] if they happen to
8694 have the same r_offset. */
8695 bfd_byte onebuf
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)];
8696 memcpy (onebuf
, loc
, elt_size
);
8697 memmove (base
+ elt_size
, base
, loc
- base
);
8698 memcpy (base
, onebuf
, elt_size
);
8701 for (p
= base
+ elt_size
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8703 /* base to p is sorted, *p is next to insert. */
8704 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8705 /* Search the sorted region for location to insert. */
8707 while (r_off
< (*ext_r_off
) (loc
))
8712 /* Chances are there is a run of relocs to insert here,
8713 from one of more input files. Files are not always
8714 linked in order due to the way elf_link_input_bfd is
8715 called. See pr17666. */
8716 size_t sortlen
= p
- loc
;
8717 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (loc
);
8718 size_t runlen
= elt_size
;
8719 size_t buf_size
= 96 * 1024;
8720 while (p
+ runlen
< end
8721 && (sortlen
<= buf_size
8722 || runlen
+ elt_size
<= buf_size
)
8723 && r_off2
> (*ext_r_off
) (p
+ runlen
))
8727 buf
= bfd_malloc (buf_size
);
8731 if (runlen
< sortlen
)
8733 memcpy (buf
, p
, runlen
);
8734 memmove (loc
+ runlen
, loc
, sortlen
);
8735 memcpy (loc
, buf
, runlen
);
8739 memcpy (buf
, loc
, sortlen
);
8740 memmove (loc
, p
, runlen
);
8741 memcpy (loc
+ runlen
, buf
, sortlen
);
8743 p
+= runlen
- elt_size
;
8746 /* Hashes are no longer valid. */
8747 free (reldata
->hashes
);
8748 reldata
->hashes
= NULL
;
8754 struct elf_link_sort_rela
8760 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
8761 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
8762 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
8766 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8768 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8769 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8770 int relativea
, relativeb
;
8772 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8773 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8775 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
8777 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
8779 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8781 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8783 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8785 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8791 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8793 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8794 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8796 if (a
->type
< b
->type
)
8798 if (a
->type
> b
->type
)
8800 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
8802 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
8804 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8806 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8812 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
8814 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
8817 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
8818 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
8819 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
8820 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
8821 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8822 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8823 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
8824 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8825 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8826 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
8828 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
8830 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
8831 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
8832 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
8833 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
8834 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8836 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
8838 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
8839 Its initialization checking code is not perfect. */
8842 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
8843 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
8844 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8845 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8847 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8849 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8851 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8852 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8853 It is of no help to us. */
8857 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8858 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
8860 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8861 "they are in more than one size"),
8863 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8869 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8873 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8875 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8876 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
8878 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8879 "they are in more than one size"),
8881 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8887 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8892 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
8893 something is wrong. */
8894 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8895 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8896 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8901 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8902 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8904 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8906 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8908 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8909 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8910 It is of no help to us. */
8914 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8915 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
8917 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8918 "they are in more than one size"),
8920 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8926 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8930 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8932 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8933 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
8935 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8936 "they are in more than one size"),
8938 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8944 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8949 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
8950 something is wrong. */
8951 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8952 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8953 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8958 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
8962 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
8964 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8971 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
8972 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
8973 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8974 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8978 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
8979 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
8980 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8981 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8985 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8986 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8987 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
8989 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
8992 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
8993 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
8995 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
8998 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
9002 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
9003 (info
, _("Not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
9007 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9008 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
9010 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
9012 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9013 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9015 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9016 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9018 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
9020 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
9021 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
9022 relocs in this case. */
9027 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9028 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
* opb
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
9030 while (erel
< erelend
)
9032 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9034 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
9035 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (info
, o
, s
->rela
);
9036 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
9042 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
9044 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9046 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9047 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
9053 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
9054 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9056 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9057 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
9059 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
9062 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
9064 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9065 if (htab
->srelplt
&& htab
->srelplt
->output_section
== dynamic_relocs
)
9067 /* We have plt relocs in .rela.dyn. */
9068 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) sort
;
9069 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
9070 if (sq
[count
- i
- 1].type
!= reloc_class_plt
)
9072 if (i
!= 0 && htab
->srelplt
->size
== i
* ext_size
)
9074 struct bfd_link_order
**plo
;
9075 /* Put srelplt link_order last. This is so the output_offset
9076 set in the next loop is correct for DT_JMPREL. */
9077 for (plo
= &dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; *plo
!= NULL
; )
9078 if ((*plo
)->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
9079 && (*plo
)->u
.indirect
.section
== htab
->srelplt
)
9085 plo
= &(*plo
)->next
;
9088 dynamic_relocs
->map_tail
.link_order
= lo
;
9093 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9094 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9096 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9097 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9100 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9101 o
->output_offset
= (p
- sort
) / sort_elt
* ext_size
/ opb
;
9102 while (erel
< erelend
)
9104 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9105 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
9112 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
9116 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol string table. */
9119 elf_link_output_symstrtab (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
9121 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
9122 asection
*input_sec
,
9123 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9125 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
9126 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
9127 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
9128 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
9129 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9130 bfd_size_type strtabsize
;
9132 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9134 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9135 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
9136 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
9138 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
9145 || (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
9146 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
9149 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
9150 to get the final offset for st_name. */
9152 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9154 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9158 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9159 strtabsize
= hash_table
->strtabsize
;
9160 if (strtabsize
<= hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9162 strtabsize
+= strtabsize
;
9163 hash_table
->strtabsize
= strtabsize
;
9164 strtabsize
*= sizeof (*hash_table
->strtab
);
9166 = (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_realloc (hash_table
->strtab
,
9168 if (hash_table
->strtab
== NULL
)
9171 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].sym
= *elfsym
;
9172 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].dest_index
9173 = hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9174 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].destshndx_index
9175 = flinfo
->symshndxbuf
? bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) : 0;
9177 bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
9178 hash_table
->strtabcount
+= 1;
9183 /* Swap symbols out to the symbol table and flush the output symbols to
9187 elf_link_swap_symbols_out (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
9189 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9192 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9194 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9198 if (!hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9201 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9203 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9205 amt
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
* hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9206 symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
9210 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
)
9212 amt
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
9213 amt
*= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9214 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
9215 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
9222 for (i
= 0; i
< hash_table
->strtabcount
; i
++)
9224 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &hash_table
->strtab
[i
];
9225 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9226 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
9229 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9230 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
9231 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
9232 ((bfd_byte
*) symbuf
9233 + (elfsym
->dest_index
9234 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
9235 (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
9236 + elfsym
->destshndx_index
));
9239 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9240 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
9241 amt
= hash_table
->strtabcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9242 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) == 0
9243 && bfd_bwrite (symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) == amt
)
9245 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
9253 free (hash_table
->strtab
);
9254 hash_table
->strtab
= NULL
;
9259 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
9262 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9264 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
9265 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
9267 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
9270 /* xgettext:c-format */
9271 (_("%B: Too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
9272 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
9273 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9279 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
9280 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
9281 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
9282 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
9283 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
9286 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9287 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
9288 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9291 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
9293 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9296 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9297 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9298 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9300 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9306 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9307 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9308 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
9310 || (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9311 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
9315 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9316 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9317 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9320 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9321 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
9324 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
9326 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
9328 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
9331 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9335 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
9336 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9337 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9338 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9339 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
9340 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
9342 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
9344 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
9346 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9347 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
9350 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
9352 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9353 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
9355 extsymcount
= symcount
;
9360 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
9361 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
9364 if (extsymcount
== 0)
9367 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
9369 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9372 /* Read in any version definitions. */
9373 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
9374 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
9375 if (extversym
== NULL
)
9378 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9379 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
9380 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
9388 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
9389 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
9390 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
9393 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
9394 unsigned short version_index
;
9396 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
9397 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9400 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
9403 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
9406 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
9408 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
9410 && h
->forced_local
))
9412 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
9413 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
9414 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
9419 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
9420 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
9422 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
9436 /* Convert ELF common symbol TYPE. */
9439 elf_link_convert_common_type (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int type
)
9441 /* Commom symbol can only appear in relocatable link. */
9442 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9444 switch (info
->elf_stt_common
)
9448 case elf_stt_common
:
9451 case no_elf_stt_common
:
9458 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
9459 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
9460 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
9461 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
9462 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
9466 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
9468 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
9469 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
9470 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
9472 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9473 asection
*input_sec
;
9474 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9479 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9481 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9482 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9486 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
9487 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
9489 if (!h
->forced_local
)
9494 if (h
->forced_local
)
9498 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9500 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9502 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
9503 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
9504 references in regular files have already been handled unless
9505 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
9507 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
9509 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
9510 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
9511 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
9512 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
9514 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
9517 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
9518 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
9519 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
9520 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
9521 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
9522 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
9524 flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
);
9526 /* Strip a global symbol defined in a discarded section. */
9531 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
9532 shared libraries. */
9533 if (bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9538 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
9539 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
9543 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
= h
;
9545 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9546 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9547 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9549 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9550 /* xgettext:c-format */
9551 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
9552 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
9553 /* xgettext:c-format */
9554 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
9556 /* xgettext:c-format */
9557 msg
= _("%B: local symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
9558 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9559 if (hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9560 def_bfd
= hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9561 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9562 h
->root
.root
.string
, def_bfd
);
9563 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9564 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9568 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
9569 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
9570 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
9575 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
9577 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9581 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9583 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9584 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
9585 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
9587 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9588 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9589 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
9590 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
9591 || ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
9592 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
9593 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
9595 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9596 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9597 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
9598 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
9603 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
9604 nothing else to do. However, if it is a forced local symbol or
9605 an ifunc symbol we need to give the backend finish_dynamic_symbol
9606 function a chance to make it dynamic. */
9609 && type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
9610 && !h
->forced_local
)
9614 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
9615 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
9616 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9619 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
9620 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
9624 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9625 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9626 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9627 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9630 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9631 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9633 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9634 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9637 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9638 input_sec
->output_section
);
9639 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9642 /* xgettext:c-format */
9643 (_("%B: could not find output section %A for input section %A"),
9644 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
9645 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9646 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9650 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
9651 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
9653 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
9654 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9656 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9657 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
9659 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
9660 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
9661 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
9667 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
9668 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
9669 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9670 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9675 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9676 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
9677 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
9678 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
9681 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
9682 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
9683 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
9684 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
9685 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
9686 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
9687 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
9691 if (type
== STT_COMMON
|| type
== STT_OBJECT
)
9692 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9694 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9695 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9697 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9698 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9699 if (bed
->common_definition (&sym
))
9700 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9704 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9705 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9711 if (h
->forced_local
)
9713 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, type
);
9714 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
9715 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
9717 /* Set STB_GNU_UNIQUE only if symbol is defined in regular object. */
9718 else if (h
->unique_global
&& h
->def_regular
)
9719 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, type
);
9720 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9721 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9722 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, type
);
9724 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
9725 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
9727 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
9728 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
9729 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
9730 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
9731 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
9732 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9734 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9735 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
9737 && ((bfd_link_pic (flinfo
->info
)
9738 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
9739 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9740 || !h
->forced_local
)
9741 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
9743 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
9744 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
9746 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9751 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
9752 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
9753 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
9754 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
9755 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
9756 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
9757 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9759 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
9760 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
9763 type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
9765 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
9766 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9769 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9770 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
9772 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
9773 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
9776 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
9777 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
9778 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
9779 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
9780 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9785 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
9786 locally, it is a fatal error. */
9787 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
9788 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9789 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
9790 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9795 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
9796 /* xgettext:c-format */
9797 msg
= _("%B: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9798 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9799 /* xgettext:c-format */
9800 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9802 /* xgettext:c-format */
9803 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9804 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9805 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9806 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9810 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
9811 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
9812 the entry in the .hash section. */
9813 if (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
!= NULL
9815 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9819 /* Since there is no version information in the dynamic string,
9820 if there is no version info in symbol version section, we will
9821 have a run-time problem if not linking executable, referenced
9822 by shared library, or not bound locally. */
9823 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
9824 && (!bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9826 || !h
->def_regular
))
9828 char *p
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
9830 if (p
&& p
[1] != '\0')
9833 /* xgettext:c-format */
9834 (_("%B: No symbol version section for versioned symbol `%s'"),
9835 flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9836 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9841 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
9842 esym
= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
->contents
9843 + h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
9844 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
9846 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9849 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
9851 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
9853 size_t hash_entry_size
;
9854 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
9859 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
9860 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
9863 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
9864 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9865 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
9866 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
9867 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
9869 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
9870 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9871 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
9874 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
9876 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
9877 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
9879 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9881 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
9882 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
9883 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
9884 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
9886 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
9890 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
9891 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
9893 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
9894 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
9898 /* Turn on VERSYM_HIDDEN only if the hidden versioned symbol is
9900 if (h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
&& h
->def_regular
)
9901 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
9903 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
9904 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
9905 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
9909 /* If the symbol is undefined, and we didn't output it to .dynsym,
9910 strip it from .symtab too. Obviously we can't do this for
9911 relocatable output or when needed for --emit-relocs. */
9912 else if (input_sec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
9914 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9916 /* Also strip others that we couldn't earlier due to dynamic symbol
9920 if ((input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9923 /* Output a FILE symbol so that following locals are not associated
9924 with the wrong input file. We need one for forced local symbols
9925 if we've seen more than one FILE symbol or when we have exactly
9926 one FILE symbol but global symbols are present in a file other
9927 than the one with the FILE symbol. We also need one if linker
9928 defined symbols are present. In practice these conditions are
9929 always met, so just emit the FILE symbol unconditionally. */
9930 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
9931 && !eoinfo
->file_sym_done
9932 && eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
!= 0)
9934 Elf_Internal_Sym fsym
;
9936 memset (&fsym
, 0, sizeof (fsym
));
9937 fsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
9938 fsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9939 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (eoinfo
->flinfo
, NULL
, &fsym
,
9940 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
9943 eoinfo
->file_sym_done
= TRUE
;
9946 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9947 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
,
9951 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9956 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
9962 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
9963 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
9966 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
9968 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9970 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9972 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9973 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9974 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
9980 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
9981 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
9982 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
9988 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
9989 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
9990 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
9991 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
9992 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
9993 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
9994 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
9995 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
9998 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
10000 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
10003 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
10006 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
10009 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
10012 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
10015 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
10016 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10018 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
10019 asection
*s
= first
;
10023 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
10026 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
10034 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
10035 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
10039 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10043 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
10046 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
10047 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
10049 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
10050 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
10052 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
10057 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
10058 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
10059 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
10060 don't have to keep them in memory. */
10063 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
10065 int (*relocate_section
)
10066 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
10067 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
10069 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10070 size_t locsymcount
;
10072 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
10073 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
10074 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
10076 asection
**ppsection
;
10078 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10079 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
10080 bfd_size_type address_size
;
10081 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
10083 bfd_boolean have_file_sym
= FALSE
;
10085 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
10086 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10087 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
10089 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
10090 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
10092 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
10095 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10096 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10098 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10103 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10104 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10107 /* Read the local symbols. */
10108 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
10109 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
10111 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
10112 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
10113 flinfo
->external_syms
,
10114 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
10115 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
10119 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
10120 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
10121 going into the output file. */
10122 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
10123 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
10125 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
10129 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
10135 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10137 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
10144 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
10145 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10146 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
10147 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
10148 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
10149 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
10152 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
10155 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
10156 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
10160 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
10161 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
10163 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
10164 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
10170 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. In fact, don't
10171 output any undefined local symbol. */
10172 if (isec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
10175 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10177 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
10178 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
10183 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
10185 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10188 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
10189 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
10190 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
10191 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
10193 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
10196 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
10197 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
10198 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
10199 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
10200 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
10201 isec
->output_section
))
10204 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
10205 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10210 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
10211 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
10212 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
10214 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
10215 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10216 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10217 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
10218 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
10221 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FILE
)
10223 if (input_bfd
->lto_output
)
10224 /* -flto puts a temp file name here. This means builds
10225 are not reproducible. Discard the symbol. */
10227 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10228 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10230 if (!have_file_sym
)
10232 /* In the absence of debug info, bfd_find_nearest_line uses
10233 FILE symbols to determine the source file for local
10234 function symbols. Provide a FILE symbol here if input
10235 files lack such, so that their symbols won't be
10236 associated with a previous input file. It's not the
10237 source file, but the best we can do. */
10238 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10239 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10240 memset (&osym
, 0, sizeof (osym
));
10241 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10242 osym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10243 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
,
10244 (input_bfd
->lto_output
? NULL
10245 : input_bfd
->filename
),
10246 &osym
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
10253 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
10254 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10255 isec
->output_section
);
10256 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10259 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
10260 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
10261 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
10262 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
10263 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
10264 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
10265 these requirements. */
10266 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
10267 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10269 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
10270 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10272 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
10273 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10274 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
10278 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10279 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
10286 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10288 r_type_mask
= 0xff;
10294 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
10299 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
10300 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
10301 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10303 bfd_byte
*contents
;
10305 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
10307 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
10311 if (!flinfo
->info
->resolve_section_groups
10312 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
10314 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
10315 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
10316 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
10317 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
10319 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
));
10320 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
10321 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10322 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
10324 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
10325 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10326 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10327 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10328 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
10330 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
10332 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10334 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
10335 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10336 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
10340 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
10342 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
10343 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
10344 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10349 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
10350 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10355 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10357 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10360 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
10362 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10363 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
,
10368 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
10372 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
10373 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
10377 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
10378 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
10381 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
10383 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
10388 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
10389 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
10390 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
10391 the routines which work on output files. */
10392 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
10394 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
10395 if (bed
->caches_rawsize
10397 && o
->rawsize
< o
->size
)
10399 memcpy (flinfo
->contents
, contents
, o
->rawsize
);
10400 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10405 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10406 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
10410 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10412 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
10413 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
10414 int action_discarded
;
10417 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
10419 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
10420 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
10421 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
10422 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10425 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
10426 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
10427 if (o
->size
> address_size
10428 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
10429 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10430 ".init_array") == 0)
10431 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
10432 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10433 ".fini_array") == 0))
10434 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
10436 if (o
->size
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
10437 != o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
10440 /* xgettext:c-format */
10441 (_("error: %B: size of section %A is not "
10442 "multiple of address size"),
10444 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_on_input
);
10447 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
10450 action_discarded
= -1;
10451 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
10452 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
10454 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
10455 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
10456 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
10457 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
10458 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
10460 rel
= internal_relocs
;
10461 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
;
10462 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
10464 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10465 unsigned int s_type
;
10466 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
10467 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
10468 const char *sym_name
;
10470 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10473 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10474 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10475 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10477 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10479 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
10480 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
10481 we do not seg fault. */
10485 /* xgettext:c-format */
10486 (_("error: %B contains a reloc (%#Lx) for section %A "
10487 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
10488 input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
, o
);
10489 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10493 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10494 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10495 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10499 /* If a plugin symbol is referenced from a non-IR file,
10500 mark the symbol as undefined. Note that the
10501 linker may attach linker created dynamic sections
10502 to the plugin bfd. Symbols defined in linker
10503 created sections are not plugin symbols. */
10504 if ((h
->root
.non_ir_ref_regular
10505 || h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
)
10506 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10507 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10508 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
10509 & SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
10510 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
10511 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
10512 & BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
10514 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
10515 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
10519 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10520 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10521 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10523 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10527 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
10529 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
10530 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10531 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10535 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
10536 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10539 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
10540 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
10542 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
10543 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
10544 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
,
10545 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
10546 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
10547 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
10548 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
10549 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
10550 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
10552 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
10553 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
10556 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
10557 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
10562 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
10564 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
10565 discarded section. */
10566 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10568 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
10569 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
10570 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
10571 /* xgettext:c-format */
10572 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%A' of %B: "
10573 "defined in discarded section `%A' of %B\n"),
10574 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
10576 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
10577 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
10578 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
10579 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
10580 symbol here means we will be changing all later
10581 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
10582 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
10586 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
10598 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
10600 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
10601 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
10602 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
10603 reloc addend as necessary.
10605 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
10606 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
10608 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
10609 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
10610 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
10612 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
10613 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
10614 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
10615 corresponding to the output section, which will require
10616 the addend to be adjusted. */
10618 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10619 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
10627 || bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10628 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
10630 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
10631 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
10632 bfd_vma last_offset
;
10633 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
10634 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
10635 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
10636 unsigned int next_erel
;
10637 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
10638 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
10640 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
10641 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
10642 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
10644 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
10646 irela
= internal_relocs
;
10647 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
;
10648 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
10649 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
10650 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
10652 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10653 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
10654 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10655 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10656 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
10657 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
10658 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10659 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10660 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
10662 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10664 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
10666 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10672 if (irela
== irelamid
)
10674 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
10675 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10676 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
10679 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
10682 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
10684 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
10685 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
10686 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
10687 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
10689 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
10691 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
10695 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
10697 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
10698 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10699 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10701 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
10703 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10704 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10707 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10708 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10709 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10711 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
10712 unsigned long indx
;
10714 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
10715 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
10716 we do not know the symbol index of any global
10717 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
10718 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
10719 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
10720 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
10721 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
10722 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
10723 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10724 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10725 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10727 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
10728 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
10729 used by a reloc. */
10730 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
10737 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
10740 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
10741 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10742 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10744 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
10745 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
10746 processor specific section. */
10747 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
10748 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
10750 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
10752 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10757 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10759 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
10760 section will be the absolute section. In
10761 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
10762 the kept section. relocate_section should
10763 have already handled discarded linkonce
10765 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
10766 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
10767 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
10769 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
10770 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10773 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
10775 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10776 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10778 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
10779 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
10781 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10782 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10787 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
10788 section winds up in the output section. */
10790 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10794 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
10796 unsigned long shlink
;
10801 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10803 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
10804 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
10808 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
10809 since it is needed by a reloc, we
10810 must output it now. */
10811 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
10812 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
10813 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
10817 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10819 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10821 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10824 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10825 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10827 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
10828 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10830 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
10832 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10833 ->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10834 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10839 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10840 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
,
10846 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
10851 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
10854 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
10855 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
10858 /* Swap out the relocs. */
10859 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
10860 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10862 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10867 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
10868 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10869 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
10872 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
10873 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10875 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10884 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
10885 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
10886 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
10889 /* Section written out. */
10891 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
10893 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10894 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
10896 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
10897 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
10900 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
10901 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
10902 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
10905 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10907 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10912 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
10914 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_entry (output_bfd
,
10922 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
10924 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
10925 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
10927 offset
*= bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
);
10929 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
10931 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
10934 todo
-= address_size
;
10935 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10943 offset
+= address_size
;
10947 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10961 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
10962 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
10963 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
10967 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10968 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10969 asection
*output_section
,
10970 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
10972 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10976 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
10977 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
10978 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
10979 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10980 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
10983 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
10985 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
10988 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10992 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
10995 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
10996 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
10997 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
11004 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
11005 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
11006 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11008 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
11009 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
11010 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11014 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11016 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
11017 actually against the section. */
11018 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
11019 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
11020 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
11021 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
11023 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11024 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11028 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11029 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
11030 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11031 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
11032 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
11033 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
11034 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
11036 else if (h
!= NULL
)
11038 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
11039 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
11046 (*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
11047 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
11052 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
11054 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
11056 bfd_size_type size
;
11057 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
11060 const char *sym_name
;
11062 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
11063 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
11064 if (buf
== NULL
&& size
!= 0)
11066 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
11073 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
11076 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
11077 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11078 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
11079 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
11081 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
11082 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
) (info
, NULL
, sym_name
,
11083 howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
, NULL
,
11088 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
11090 * bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
),
11097 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
11098 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
11100 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
11101 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
11102 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
11104 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
11106 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
11107 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
11108 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
11110 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
11111 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11113 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11115 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
11116 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
11117 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
11119 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
11120 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11124 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
11125 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
11126 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11135 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
11138 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
11140 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
11144 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11145 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
11146 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
11147 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
11149 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
11150 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
11151 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
11152 where elfsec is 0. */
11155 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
11156 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
11157 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
11158 bed
->link_order_error_handler
11159 /* xgettext:c-format */
11160 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), s
->owner
, s
);
11165 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
11166 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11171 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
11172 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
11175 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
11180 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
11181 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
11184 return apos
> bpos
;
11188 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
11189 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
11190 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
11191 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
11194 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
11196 int seen_linkorder
;
11199 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11201 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11203 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
11204 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
11208 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
11210 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11211 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11213 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11215 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11217 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11218 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
11219 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
))
11220 && elfsec
< elf_numsections (sub
)
11221 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
11222 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
< elf_numsections (sub
))
11236 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
11238 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
11240 /* xgettext:c-format */
11241 (_("%A has both ordered [`%A' in %B] "
11242 "and unordered [`%A' in %B] sections"),
11243 o
, linkorder_sec
, linkorder_sec
->owner
,
11244 other_sec
, other_sec
->owner
);
11247 (_("%A has both ordered and unordered sections"), o
);
11248 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11253 if (!seen_linkorder
)
11256 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
11257 bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
11258 if (sections
== NULL
)
11260 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11262 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11264 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
11266 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
11267 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
11268 compare_link_order
);
11270 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
11272 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
11274 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
11275 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
11276 s
->output_offset
= offset
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
11277 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
11278 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
11285 /* Generate an import library in INFO->implib_bfd from symbols in ABFD.
11286 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
11289 elf_output_implib (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11291 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
11293 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11295 enum bfd_architecture arch
;
11297 asymbol
**sympp
= NULL
;
11301 elf_symbol_type
*osymbuf
;
11303 implib_bfd
= info
->out_implib_bfd
;
11304 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11306 if (!bfd_set_format (implib_bfd
, bfd_object
))
11309 /* Use flag from executable but make it a relocatable object. */
11310 flags
= bfd_get_file_flags (abfd
);
11311 flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
11312 if (!bfd_set_start_address (implib_bfd
, 0)
11313 || !bfd_set_file_flags (implib_bfd
, flags
& ~EXEC_P
))
11316 /* Copy architecture of output file to import library file. */
11317 arch
= bfd_get_arch (abfd
);
11318 mach
= bfd_get_mach (abfd
);
11319 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (implib_bfd
, arch
, mach
)
11320 && (abfd
->target_defaulted
11321 || bfd_get_arch (abfd
) != bfd_get_arch (implib_bfd
)))
11324 /* Get symbol table size. */
11325 symsize
= bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd
);
11329 /* Read in the symbol table. */
11330 sympp
= (asymbol
**) xmalloc (symsize
);
11331 symcount
= bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd
, sympp
);
11335 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private header data it
11336 understands from the output BFD to the import library BFD. */
11337 if (! bfd_copy_private_header_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11340 /* Filter symbols to appear in the import library. */
11341 if (bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols
)
11342 symcount
= bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
,
11345 symcount
= _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
, symcount
);
11348 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
11349 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: no symbol found for import library"),
11355 /* Make symbols absolute. */
11356 osymbuf
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_alloc2 (implib_bfd
, symcount
,
11357 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11358 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
11360 memcpy (&osymbuf
[src_count
], (elf_symbol_type
*) sympp
[src_count
],
11361 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11362 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
11363 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11364 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
+= sympp
[src_count
]->section
->vma
;
11365 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_value
=
11366 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
;
11367 sympp
[src_count
] = &osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
;
11370 bfd_set_symtab (implib_bfd
, sympp
, symcount
);
11372 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private data it understands
11373 from the output BFD to the import library BFD. This is done last
11374 to permit the routine to look at the filtered symbol table. */
11375 if (! bfd_copy_private_bfd_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11378 if (!bfd_close (implib_bfd
))
11389 elf_final_link_free (bfd
*obfd
, struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
11393 if (flinfo
->symstrtab
!= NULL
)
11394 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (flinfo
->symstrtab
);
11395 if (flinfo
->contents
!= NULL
)
11396 free (flinfo
->contents
);
11397 if (flinfo
->external_relocs
!= NULL
)
11398 free (flinfo
->external_relocs
);
11399 if (flinfo
->internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
11400 free (flinfo
->internal_relocs
);
11401 if (flinfo
->external_syms
!= NULL
)
11402 free (flinfo
->external_syms
);
11403 if (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
11404 free (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
11405 if (flinfo
->internal_syms
!= NULL
)
11406 free (flinfo
->internal_syms
);
11407 if (flinfo
->indices
!= NULL
)
11408 free (flinfo
->indices
);
11409 if (flinfo
->sections
!= NULL
)
11410 free (flinfo
->sections
);
11411 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
11412 free (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
);
11413 for (o
= obfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11415 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11416 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11417 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
11418 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11419 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
11423 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
11426 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11428 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
11429 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
11431 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
11433 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11435 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
11436 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
11437 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
11438 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
11439 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
11440 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
11442 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11443 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
11444 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11445 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
11446 bfd_boolean merged
;
11447 size_t relativecount
= 0;
11448 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
11450 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
11451 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
11452 const char *std_attrs_section
;
11453 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
11455 if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
11458 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11459 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
11461 dynamic
= htab
->dynamic_sections_created
;
11462 dynobj
= htab
->dynobj
;
11464 emit_relocs
= (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
11465 || info
->emitrelocations
);
11467 flinfo
.info
= info
;
11468 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
11469 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
11470 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
11475 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
11476 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
11480 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
11481 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
11482 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
11483 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
11486 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
11487 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
11488 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
11489 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
11490 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
11491 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
11492 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
11493 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
11494 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
11495 flinfo
.filesym_count
= 0;
11497 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
11498 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
11500 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
11501 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11503 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
11504 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
11506 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11508 asection
*input_section
;
11510 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11512 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11513 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
11514 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
11515 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11518 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
11521 bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, o
, attr_size
);
11523 /* Skip this section later on. */
11524 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
11527 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
11531 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
11532 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
11533 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
11534 max_contents_size
= 0;
11535 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
11536 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
11538 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
11540 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11542 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11543 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
11545 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11547 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
11548 unsigned int additional_reloc_count
= 0;
11549 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
11551 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11552 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11554 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11558 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11560 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
11561 link. This will normally be every section. We need
11562 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
11563 the linker has decided to not include. */
11564 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
11566 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11569 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
11570 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
11571 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
11572 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
11574 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11575 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
11579 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
11581 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
11582 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
11583 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
11585 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
11587 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
11588 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
11590 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
11591 && elf_symtab_shndx_list (sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
11592 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
11594 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
11595 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
11596 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
11597 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
11598 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
11600 else if (emit_relocs
)
11602 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11603 if (bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
)
11606 c
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
) (sec
);
11607 additional_reloc_count
+= c
;
11610 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
11611 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
11613 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11615 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11617 size_t ext_size
= 0;
11619 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11620 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11621 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11622 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11624 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
11625 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
11626 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
11627 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11632 if (reloc_count
== 0)
11635 reloc_count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11636 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
11638 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
&& emit_relocs
)
11642 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
11643 esdo
->rel
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11645 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
11647 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
11648 esdo
->rela
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11654 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11656 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11660 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
11661 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11664 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
11665 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
11666 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
11667 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
11670 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
11671 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
11672 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
11673 sections are handled correctly. */
11674 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
11675 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
11679 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && merged
)
11680 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
11682 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
11683 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
11684 to create a symbol table. */
11685 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
;
11686 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
11687 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
11690 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
11691 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11693 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11694 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11697 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
11701 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
11705 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
11706 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
11707 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
11708 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
11710 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
11712 /* Cache the section contents so that they can be compressed
11713 later. Use bfd_malloc since it will be freed by
11714 bfd_compress_section_contents. */
11715 unsigned char *contents
= esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
;
11716 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0 || contents
!= NULL
)
11719 = (unsigned char *) bfd_malloc (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_size
);
11720 if (contents
== NULL
)
11722 esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
11726 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
11727 .symtab, .strtab, and non-loaded reloc sections. We start the
11728 .symtab section at the current file position, and write directly
11729 to it. We build the .strtab section in memory. */
11730 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
11731 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11732 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
11733 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
11734 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
11735 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11736 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
11737 /* sh_info is set below. */
11738 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
11739 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
11741 if (max_sym_count
< 20)
11742 max_sym_count
= 20;
11743 htab
->strtabsize
= max_sym_count
;
11744 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (struct elf_sym_strtab
);
11745 htab
->strtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11746 if (htab
->strtab
== NULL
)
11748 /* The real buffer will be allocated in elf_link_swap_symbols_out. */
11750 = (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF)
11751 ? (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) -1 : NULL
);
11753 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
)
11755 file_ptr off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
11757 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
11759 /* Note that at this point elf_next_file_pos (abfd) is
11760 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
11761 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
11763 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
11765 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
11766 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
11767 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
11768 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
11769 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11770 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11771 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
,
11772 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
) != 1)
11775 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
11776 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
11777 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
11778 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
11779 outputting relocs. */
11781 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
11782 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11783 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
11784 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
11785 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11786 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
11788 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
11791 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
11792 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
11793 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
11794 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
11795 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
,
11802 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
11804 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
11806 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
11807 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
11811 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
11813 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
11814 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
11818 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
11820 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
11821 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11822 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
11826 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
11828 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11829 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11830 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
11833 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
11834 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11835 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
11838 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
11839 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11840 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
11843 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
11844 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11845 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
11849 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
11851 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11852 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11853 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
11859 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
11862 for (sec
= htab
->tls_sec
;
11863 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
11866 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
11869 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
11871 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
11874 size
= ord
->offset
+ ord
->size
;
11876 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
11878 base
= htab
->tls_sec
->vma
;
11879 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
11880 alignment requirements. */
11881 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
11882 end
= align_power (end
, htab
->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
11883 htab
->tls_size
= end
- base
;
11886 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
11887 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11889 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
11893 if (!_bfd_elf_fixup_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
11896 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
11897 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
11898 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
11899 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
11900 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
11902 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
11903 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
11904 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
11905 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
11906 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
11907 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
11908 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
11909 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
11910 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
11911 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
11912 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
11913 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
11914 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
11916 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
11917 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
11918 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11920 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11922 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
11923 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
11924 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11925 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
11927 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
11929 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
11931 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
11934 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11935 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11937 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
11942 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
11944 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
11945 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
11946 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11947 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
11948 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
11950 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
11952 switch (bed
->s
->elfclass
)
11954 case ELFCLASS64
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
11955 case ELFCLASS32
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
11956 case ELFCLASSNONE
: oclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
11960 switch (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
11962 case ELFCLASS64
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
11963 case ELFCLASS32
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
11964 case ELFCLASSNONE
: iclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
11968 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11970 /* xgettext:c-format */
11971 (_("%B: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
11972 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
11981 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
11982 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
11984 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
11985 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11986 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
11988 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
11989 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
11993 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
11994 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
11995 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
11996 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
11997 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
11998 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
11999 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12000 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12001 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
12002 eoinfo
.file_sym_done
= FALSE
;
12003 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12007 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
12008 table, do it now. */
12009 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
12010 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12012 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12013 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12014 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12016 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
12017 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12018 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12022 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
12023 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
12024 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
12025 converted to local in a version script. */
12027 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
12028 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12031 && htab
->dynsym
!= NULL
12032 && htab
->dynsym
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12034 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
12035 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= htab
->dynsym
->contents
;
12037 o
= htab
->dynsym
->output_section
;
12038 elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= htab
->local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
12040 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
12041 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12042 || htab
->is_relocatable_executable
)
12048 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
12050 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12052 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12058 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
12061 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
12062 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
12063 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
12064 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12066 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
12067 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12068 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12072 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
12073 if (htab
->dynlocal
)
12075 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
12076 for (e
= htab
->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
12081 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
12082 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
12083 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
12085 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
12087 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
12092 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
12093 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12095 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
12097 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
12100 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12101 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12106 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
12107 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12108 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
12109 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12110 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12114 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
12115 table, do it now. */
12116 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
12117 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12119 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12120 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12121 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12123 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
12124 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12125 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12129 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
12130 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12132 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
12133 if (!elf_link_swap_symbols_out (&flinfo
))
12136 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
12137 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
12139 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
12141 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
= NULL
;
12142 file_ptr off
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
12144 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
12146 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
12148 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
!= NULL
&& symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
12150 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
12151 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12152 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12153 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12154 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
12156 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
12159 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12160 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
12165 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
12166 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
12167 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
12168 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
12169 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
12170 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12171 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
12172 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
12173 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
12174 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
12175 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
12177 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
,
12179 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
12181 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12182 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
12186 if (info
->out_implib_bfd
&& !elf_output_implib (abfd
, info
))
12188 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: failed to generate import library"),
12189 info
->out_implib_bfd
);
12193 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
12194 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12196 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
12199 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
12202 sort
= bed
->sort_relocs_p
== NULL
|| (*bed
->sort_relocs_p
) (o
);
12203 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
12204 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rel
, sort
, info
))
12206 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
12207 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rela
, sort
, info
))
12210 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
12211 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
12212 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
12215 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
12216 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
12218 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
12219 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
12222 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12224 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
12225 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
12226 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
12228 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12229 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12230 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12232 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12235 bfd_size_type sh_size
;
12238 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12245 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
12247 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
12249 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
12250 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
12253 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
12260 name
= info
->init_function
;
12263 name
= info
->fini_function
;
12266 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12268 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
12270 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12271 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
12273 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12274 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12275 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
12276 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
12277 + o
->output_offset
);
12280 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
12281 library and does not apply to this one. */
12282 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
12289 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12290 name
= ".preinit_array";
12292 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12293 name
= ".init_array";
12295 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
12296 name
= ".fini_array";
12298 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12302 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12307 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
12308 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
12311 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
12312 name
= ".preinit_array";
12314 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
12315 name
= ".init_array";
12317 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
12318 name
= ".fini_array";
12320 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12327 name
= ".gnu.hash";
12336 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
12339 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
12342 name
= ".gnu.version";
12344 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
12346 if (o
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12349 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12352 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
12355 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
12356 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
12359 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->output_section
->vma
+ o
->output_offset
;
12366 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
12372 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12374 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12376 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
12377 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
12378 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
12380 sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
12382 || sh_addr
> hdr
->sh_addr
)
12383 sh_addr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
12387 if (bed
->dtrel_excludes_plt
&& htab
->srelplt
!= NULL
)
12389 /* Don't count procedure linkage table relocs in the
12390 overall reloc count. */
12391 sh_size
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12393 /* If the size is zero, make the address zero too.
12394 This is to avoid a glibc bug. If the backend
12395 emits DT_RELA/DT_RELASZ even when DT_RELASZ is
12396 zero, then we'll put DT_RELA at the end of
12397 DT_JMPREL. glibc will interpret the end of
12398 DT_RELA matching the end of DT_JMPREL as the
12399 case where DT_RELA includes DT_JMPREL, and for
12400 LD_BIND_NOW will decide that processing DT_RELA
12401 will process the PLT relocs too. Net result:
12402 No PLT relocs applied. */
12405 /* If .rela.plt is the first .rela section, exclude
12406 it from DT_RELA. */
12407 else if (sh_addr
== (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
12408 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
))
12409 sh_addr
+= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12412 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
12413 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= sh_size
;
12415 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= sh_addr
;
12418 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
12422 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
12423 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
12425 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
12428 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
12429 if (((info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
12430 || info
->error_textrel
)
12431 && (o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
12433 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12435 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12436 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12437 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12439 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12441 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12443 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
12445 if (info
->error_textrel
)
12446 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12447 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations.\n"));
12449 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12450 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object.\n"));
12456 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12458 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
12460 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12462 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
12464 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
12465 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
12468 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
12470 if (htab
->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
12472 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".dynstr") != 0)
12474 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
12476 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
12477 * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
),
12483 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
12487 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
12488 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12489 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, htab
->dynstr
))
12495 if (!info
->resolve_section_groups
)
12497 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
12499 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (info
));
12500 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
12505 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
12506 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
12508 if (!_bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
))
12512 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
12515 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12517 elf_linker (abfd
) = TRUE
;
12521 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
12522 if (contents
== NULL
)
12523 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
12524 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
12525 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
12532 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12536 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
12539 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12540 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
12542 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12543 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12545 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12546 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12548 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
12549 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12550 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
12551 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
12553 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12554 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
12558 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12559 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12562 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
12563 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
12565 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
12567 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12568 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
12570 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
12571 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
12573 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
12575 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
12578 if (info
->keep_memory
)
12579 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
12584 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
12587 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
12589 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12591 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12592 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
12593 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
12594 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
12597 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
12598 of input bfd ABFD. */
12601 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12602 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
12605 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
12607 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
12608 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
12612 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12613 info
->keep_memory
);
12614 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
12616 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12617 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12619 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12623 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
12627 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12630 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
12631 free (cookie
->rels
);
12634 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
12637 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12638 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12641 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
12643 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
12648 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12653 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
12657 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12660 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
12661 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12664 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
12666 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
12669 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12670 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12671 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12672 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12673 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12677 switch (h
->root
.type
)
12679 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12680 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12681 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12683 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12684 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
12691 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
12696 /* Return the global debug definition section. */
12699 elf_gc_mark_debug_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12700 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12701 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12702 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12703 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12706 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12707 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12708 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
12709 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12714 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
12715 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
12716 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
12719 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
12720 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
12721 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12722 bfd_boolean
*start_stop
)
12724 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12725 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12727 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
12728 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
12731 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
12732 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
12734 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
12737 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: corrupt input: %B\n"),
12741 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
12742 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
12743 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
12745 /* If this symbol is weak and there is a non-weak definition, we
12746 keep the non-weak definition because many backends put
12747 dynamic reloc info on the non-weak definition for code
12748 handling copy relocs. */
12749 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
12750 h
->u
.weakdef
->mark
= 1;
12752 if (start_stop
!= NULL
)
12754 /* To work around a glibc bug, mark XXX input sections
12755 when there is a reference to __start_XXX or __stop_XXX
12759 asection
*s
= h
->u2
.start_stop_section
;
12760 *start_stop
= !s
->gc_mark
;
12765 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
12768 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
12769 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
12772 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
12773 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
12774 the relocation symbol. */
12777 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12779 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
12780 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
12783 bfd_boolean start_stop
= FALSE
;
12785 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
, &start_stop
);
12786 while (rsec
!= NULL
)
12788 if (!rsec
->gc_mark
)
12790 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
12791 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
12793 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
12798 rsec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (rsec
->owner
, rsec
);
12803 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
12804 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
12805 which define symbols to which it refers. */
12808 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12810 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12813 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
12817 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
12818 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
12819 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
12820 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
12823 /* Look through the section relocs. */
12825 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
12826 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
12827 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
12828 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
12830 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12832 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
12836 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
12837 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
12842 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
12846 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
12848 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12850 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
12854 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
12855 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
12857 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
12861 eh_frame
= elf_section_eh_frame_entry (sec
);
12862 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& !eh_frame
->gc_mark
)
12863 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, eh_frame
, gc_mark_hook
))
12869 /* Scan and mark sections in a special or debug section group. */
12872 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (asection
*grp
)
12874 /* Point to first section of section group. */
12876 /* Used to iterate the section group. */
12879 bfd_boolean is_special_grp
= TRUE
;
12880 bfd_boolean is_debug_grp
= TRUE
;
12882 /* First scan to see if group contains any section other than debug
12883 and special section. */
12884 ssec
= msec
= elf_next_in_group (grp
);
12887 if ((msec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
12888 is_debug_grp
= FALSE
;
12890 if ((msec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) != 0)
12891 is_special_grp
= FALSE
;
12893 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
12895 while (msec
!= ssec
);
12897 /* If this is a pure debug section group or pure special section group,
12898 keep all sections in this group. */
12899 if (is_debug_grp
|| is_special_grp
)
12904 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
12906 while (msec
!= ssec
);
12910 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
12913 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12914 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12918 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12921 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
12922 bfd_boolean debug_frag_seen
;
12923 bfd_boolean has_kept_debug_info
;
12925 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12927 isec
= ibfd
->sections
;
12928 if (isec
== NULL
|| isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
12931 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept,
12932 see if any other section is already marked,
12933 and note if we have any fragmented debug sections. */
12934 debug_frag_seen
= some_kept
= has_kept_debug_info
= FALSE
;
12935 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12937 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12939 else if (isec
->gc_mark
12940 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
12941 && elf_section_type (isec
) != SHT_NOTE
)
12944 if (!debug_frag_seen
12945 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
12946 && CONST_STRNEQ (isec
->name
, ".debug_line."))
12947 debug_frag_seen
= TRUE
;
12950 /* If no non-note alloc section in this file will be kept, then
12951 we can toss out the debug and special sections. */
12955 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
12956 not part of a group. Also keep section groups that contain
12957 just debug sections or special sections. */
12958 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12960 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
12961 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (isec
);
12962 else if (((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
12963 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)
12964 && elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
)
12966 if (isec
->gc_mark
&& (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
12967 has_kept_debug_info
= TRUE
;
12970 /* Look for CODE sections which are going to be discarded,
12971 and find and discard any fragmented debug sections which
12972 are associated with that code section. */
12973 if (debug_frag_seen
)
12974 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12975 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12976 && isec
->gc_mark
== 0)
12981 ilen
= strlen (isec
->name
);
12983 /* Association is determined by the name of the debug
12984 section containing the name of the code section as
12985 a suffix. For example .debug_line.text.foo is a
12986 debug section associated with .text.foo. */
12987 for (dsec
= ibfd
->sections
; dsec
!= NULL
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
12991 if (dsec
->gc_mark
== 0
12992 || (dsec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
12995 dlen
= strlen (dsec
->name
);
12998 && strncmp (dsec
->name
+ (dlen
- ilen
),
12999 isec
->name
, ilen
) == 0)
13004 /* Mark debug sections referenced by kept debug sections. */
13005 if (has_kept_debug_info
)
13006 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13008 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13009 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, isec
,
13010 elf_gc_mark_debug_section
))
13016 /* The sweep phase of garbage collection. Remove all garbage sections. */
13018 typedef bfd_boolean (*gc_sweep_hook_fn
)
13019 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
13022 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13025 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13026 gc_sweep_hook_fn gc_sweep_hook
= bed
->gc_sweep_hook
;
13028 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13032 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13033 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13036 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13039 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13041 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
13042 sections in the section group. If the first member of
13043 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
13045 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13047 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
13048 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
13054 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
13055 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
13058 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
13059 to remove a section from the output. */
13060 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13062 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
13063 /* xgettext:c-format */
13064 _bfd_error_handler (_("Removing unused section '%A' in file '%B'"),
13067 /* But we also have to update some of the relocation
13068 info we collected before. */
13070 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
13071 && o
->reloc_count
!= 0
13072 && !((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
13073 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13074 && !bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
13076 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13080 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (o
->owner
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
13081 info
->keep_memory
);
13082 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13085 r
= (*gc_sweep_hook
) (o
->owner
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
13087 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13088 free (internal_relocs
);
13099 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
13100 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
13103 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13105 /* Those that are not vtables. */
13107 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13108 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13111 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
13112 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
13115 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
13116 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
&& h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[-1])
13119 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
13120 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
, okp
);
13122 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
== NULL
)
13124 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
13126 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13127 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
;
13132 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
13134 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
13135 cu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13137 pu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13140 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13141 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13143 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
13144 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13145 n
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
13160 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13163 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
13164 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
13165 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13166 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13168 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
13169 well as those that are not loaded. */
13171 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13172 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13175 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13176 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
13178 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13179 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13180 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
13182 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
13184 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
13185 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
13186 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13188 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13190 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
13191 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
13193 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
13194 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
13195 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
13197 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
13198 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[entry
])
13201 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
13202 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
13208 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
13209 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
13213 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13215 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
13216 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
13218 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13219 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13221 || ((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
13222 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
13223 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
13224 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
13225 || info
->gc_keep_exported
13226 || info
->export_dynamic
13229 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
13230 && (h
->versioned
>= versioned
13231 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
13232 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
13233 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13238 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
13239 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
13242 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13244 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
13246 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
13248 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13250 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
13251 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13254 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13255 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13256 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
13257 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
13258 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13263 bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entries (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13264 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13266 bfd
*ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
;
13268 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13271 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13273 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13275 sec
= ibfd
->sections
;
13276 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13279 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
))
13282 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
13284 if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (ibfd
, sec
), ".eh_frame_entry")
13285 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
, sec
))
13287 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entry (info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13288 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, sec
);
13295 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
13298 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13300 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
13302 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
13303 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13304 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13306 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
13307 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13309 _bfd_error_handler(_("Warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
13313 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
13314 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13316 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
13317 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
13318 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
;
13319 info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
&& sub
!= NULL
;
13320 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13323 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13325 sec
= sub
->sections
;
13326 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13328 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
13329 while (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13331 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13332 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
13333 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
13334 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
13335 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13336 sec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (NULL
, sec
);
13340 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
13341 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
, &ok
);
13345 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
13346 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
, &ok
);
13350 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
13351 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
|| info
->gc_keep_exported
)
13352 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
, info
);
13354 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
13355 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
13356 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13360 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13361 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13365 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13368 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
13369 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
13371 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13373 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
13374 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
13375 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
13376 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
13378 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
13383 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
13384 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
13386 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
13387 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
13390 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
13393 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
13395 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13398 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
13399 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
13400 size_t extsymcount
;
13401 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13403 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
13404 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
13406 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13407 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
13408 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
13410 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13411 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
13413 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
13414 offset as the relocation. */
13415 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
13417 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
13418 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13419 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13420 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
13421 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
13425 /* xgettext:c-format */
13426 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: %A+%#Lx: No symbol found for INHERIT"),
13427 abfd
, sec
, offset
);
13428 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
13432 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
13434 child
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13435 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->u2
.vtable
)));
13436 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
13441 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
13442 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
13443 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
13444 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
13446 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
13449 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= h
;
13454 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
13457 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13458 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13459 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13462 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13463 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13467 h
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13468 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->u2
.vtable
)));
13473 if (addend
>= h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
13475 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
13476 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13478 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
13480 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
13481 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13482 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13486 if (addend
>= size
)
13488 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
13489 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
13490 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13493 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
13495 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
13496 consolidation pass. */
13497 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
13501 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
13507 oldbytes
= (((h
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
13508 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
13509 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
13513 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
13518 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
13519 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
13520 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= size
;
13523 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
13528 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
13532 flagword flag_value
;
13533 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
13535 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
13537 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
13538 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
13539 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
13540 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
13541 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
13542 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
13543 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
13544 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
13545 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
13546 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
13547 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
13548 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
13551 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
13553 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13554 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
13557 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
13559 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
13561 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
13562 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13563 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
13565 int without_hex
= 0;
13567 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
13570 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
13572 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
13573 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
13575 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
13579 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13580 with_hex
|= hexval
;
13581 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13582 without_hex
|= hexval
;
13587 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
13589 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
13591 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13592 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13593 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13594 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13601 info
->callbacks
->einfo
13602 (_("Unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
13606 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
13607 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
13608 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
13611 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
13614 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
13620 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
13622 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13625 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
13626 to real got offsets. */
13629 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
13631 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
13632 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
13633 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13635 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
13637 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
13638 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
13641 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
13646 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
13647 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
13650 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
13651 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13654 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13656 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
13658 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
13660 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13663 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
13664 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
13665 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
13668 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
13670 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
13671 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
13673 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
13674 size_t j
, locsymcount
;
13675 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13677 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13680 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
13684 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
13685 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
13686 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13688 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13690 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
13692 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
13694 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
13695 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
13698 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
13702 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
13703 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
13704 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
13705 gofarg
.info
= info
;
13706 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
13707 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
13712 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
13713 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
13716 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13718 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
13721 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13722 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
13726 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
13728 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
13730 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13731 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
13733 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
13735 unsigned long r_symndx
;
13737 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13738 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
13740 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
13743 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
13744 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
13747 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
13748 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
13750 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13752 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
13754 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
13755 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
13756 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
13758 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13759 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13760 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= rcookie
->abfd
13761 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->kept_section
!= NULL
13762 || discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)))
13767 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
13768 but it could be a relocation against a local
13769 symbol for a discarded section. */
13771 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13773 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
13774 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
13775 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13777 && (isec
->kept_section
!= NULL
13778 || discarded_section (isec
)))
13786 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
13787 Returns -1 on error, 1 if any section's size was changed, 0 if
13788 nothing changed. This function assumes that the relocations are in
13789 sorted order, which is true for all known assemblers. */
13792 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13794 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13799 if (info
->traditional_format
13800 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13803 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".stab");
13808 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13811 || i
->reloc_count
== 0
13812 || i
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
13816 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13819 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
13822 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, i
,
13823 elf_section_data (i
)->sec_info
,
13824 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
13828 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
13833 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
13834 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".eh_frame");
13838 int eh_changed
= 0;
13839 unsigned int eh_alignment
;
13841 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13847 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13850 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
13853 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
, &cookie
);
13854 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
,
13855 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
13859 if (i
->size
!= i
->rawsize
)
13863 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
13865 eh_alignment
= 1 << o
->alignment_power
;
13866 if (eh_alignment
> 4)
13868 /* Skip over zero terminator, and prevent empty sections
13869 from adding alignment padding at the end. */
13870 for (i
= o
->map_tail
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_tail
.s
)
13872 i
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13873 else if (i
->size
> 4)
13875 /* The last non-empty eh_frame section doesn't need padding. */
13878 /* Any prior sections must pad the last FDE out to the
13879 output section alignment. Otherwise we might have zero
13880 padding between sections, which would be seen as a
13882 for (; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_tail
.s
)
13884 bfd_size_type size
= (i
->size
+ eh_alignment
- 1) & -eh_alignment
;
13885 if (i
->size
!= size
)
13894 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
13895 _bfd_elf_adjust_eh_frame_global_symbol
, NULL
);
13898 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
13900 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13903 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13905 s
= abfd
->sections
;
13906 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13909 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13911 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
)
13913 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
13916 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
13919 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
13923 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
== COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
13924 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
13926 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
13927 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
13928 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
13935 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
13937 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13940 const char *name
, *key
;
13941 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
13942 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
13944 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
13947 flags
= sec
->flags
;
13949 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
13950 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
13951 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
13954 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
13955 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
13956 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
13959 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
13961 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
13962 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
13963 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
13964 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
13967 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
13968 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
13969 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
13972 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
13973 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
13974 single member groups. */
13978 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
13980 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13982 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
13983 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
13984 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
13985 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
13986 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
13987 type of section. */
13988 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13989 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
13990 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
13991 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
13993 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
13994 issue a warning. */
13995 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
13998 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14000 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
14001 asection
*s
= first
;
14005 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14006 /* Record which group discards it. */
14007 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
14008 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
14009 /* These lists are circular. */
14019 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
14020 linkonce section and vice versa. */
14021 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
14023 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
14025 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
14026 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
14027 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14028 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
14029 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
14031 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14032 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
14033 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14038 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
14039 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14040 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14042 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
14045 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
14046 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
14048 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14049 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
14054 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
14055 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
14056 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
14057 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
14058 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
14059 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
14060 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
14061 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
14062 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
14063 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
14064 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
14066 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
14067 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14068 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
14069 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
14071 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
14072 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14076 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
14077 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
14078 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
14079 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14083 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
14085 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
14089 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14095 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14097 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
14101 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
14102 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14103 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14104 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14105 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14107 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14108 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
14111 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
14113 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
14115 static const char *
14116 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
14118 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14121 const char *old_name
= bfd_get_section_name (NULL
, sec
);
14122 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
14124 if (old_name
== NULL
)
14127 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
14128 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
14133 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
14134 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
14135 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
14139 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
14141 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14143 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14145 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14147 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14151 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, name
);
14153 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14154 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14161 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
14162 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
14163 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
14166 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
14167 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
14168 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
14169 string table associated with ABFD. */
14172 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
*sec
,
14174 unsigned int alignment
,
14176 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14178 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14180 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14182 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14187 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
14189 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14191 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
14192 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
14193 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
14194 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
14196 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
14197 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14199 /* _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr chooses a section type by
14200 name. Override as it may be wrong, eg. for a user
14201 section named "auto" we'll get ".relauto" which is
14202 seen to be a .rela section. */
14203 elf_section_type (reloc_sec
) = is_rela
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
14204 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, reloc_sec
, alignment
))
14209 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14215 /* Copy the ELF symbol type and other attributes for a linker script
14216 assignment from HSRC to HDEST. Generally this should be treated as
14217 if we found a strong non-dynamic definition for HDEST (except that
14218 ld ignores multiple definition errors). */
14220 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd
,
14221 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hdest
,
14222 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hsrc
)
14224 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hdest
;
14225 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hsrc
;
14226 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
14228 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
14229 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
14231 isym
.st_other
= ehsrc
->other
;
14232 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, ehdest
, &isym
, NULL
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
14235 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14238 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14240 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14241 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
14242 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14243 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14246 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14249 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14251 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14252 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
14253 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14254 bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14257 /* Define __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbol. */
14259 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
14260 bfd_elf_define_start_stop (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14261 const char *symbol
, asection
*sec
)
14263 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14265 h
= bfd_generic_define_start_stop (info
, symbol
, sec
);
14268 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
14269 eh
->start_stop
= 1;
14270 eh
->u2
.start_stop_section
= sec
;
14271 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, eh
, TRUE
);
14272 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
14273 eh
->other
= ((eh
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1))